Lets Study Urdu

LET'S
STUDY
*\
URDU
>/"
-33
i.
An Introductory
Course
Includes
f?
Audio
DVD
iO
!V
W'4.
\
..'.
\
l]
KVX
warn
V
t
>.
and
Syed Akbak Hydrr
Ali S. Asanm
Will
v \
iî
v.
,\ irm
\ 'V
Ov
LANGUAGE
Let's
An
Study Urdu
Introductory Course
Includes Audio
All S.
DVD
Asanl and Sycd Akbar Hydcr
Urdu: An fnlrodtietory Course is a comprehensive introduction to the

Urdu language chat draws on a range of real-life contexts, film songs, and popular
Urdu poetry. It contains a variety of aural, oral, and written drills, which, used in
combination with ihe accompanying audio materials, will help students master
let's Sillily
the language while keeping
them entertained. Although intended primarily as a

a first-year course in the language. Let's Study Urdu provides students
of diverse backgrounds. Including heritage speakers, the opportunity to enhance.
their competency in basic grammatical structures so that they can comfortably
text for
use the language in Urdu-speaking milieus

and North America.
in
South Asia, the Middle East. Europe.
Asanl is Professor of the Practice of Indo-Muslim Languages and Cultures

Harvard University.
All S.
Syed Akhar llyder
The University
of
is
Associate Professor of Asian Studies and Islamic Studies at
Texas at Austin.
YALE UNIVERSITY PRESS
NEW HAVEN AND

YALEBOCV
at
LONDO.
LET'S
An
S.
STUDY URDU
An Introductory Course
Audio DVD
Asani and Syed Akbar Hyder
he audio
disc
at
,11
files
.ilso
on
ihis
available
yalebooks.com/urdu.
ISBN 978-0-500-11400-5
C 2008 Yale Universiiv

PO Box 20904O
I
laven
CT 06520-9040
yalebooks.com/languages
All rights reserved
Let's
An
Study Urdu
Introductory
Ali S.
Course
Asani
Harvard University
and
Syed Akbar Hyder

University of Texas, Austin
Yale Uaiversily Press
New Haven and London
Copyright
2008 by Yale University
All rights reserved
This book
that
may
not be reproduced, in whole or part, including illustrations, in any form (beyond
copying permitted by Sections 107 and 108 of the U.S. Copyright
Law
and except by
reviewers for the public press), without written permission from the publishers.
Publisher;
Mary Jane Peluso
Development
Editor: Brie Kluytenaar
Manuscript Editor: Noreen O'Connor-Abel

Production Editor: Ann-Marie Imbornoni
Production Controller: Karen Stickler
Marketing Manager: Timothy Shea
Cover Design: Mary Valencia

Cover Photograph: Michael Currier
Printed in the United States of America.
ISBN
978-0-300-1 1400-3 (pbk.: alk.paper)
Library of Congress Control Number:
A catalogue record for this hook

The paper
in this
is
2006939857
available from the British Library.
book meets the guidelines for permanence and durability of the Committee on
Production Guidelines for
10987654321
Book Longevity of the Council on
Library Resources.
In
Mernoriam
Annernarie Schimmel
(1922-2003)
who, during her
lifetime,
worked
tirelessly to bring
of Urdu literature and
its
about a better appreciation
culture
Contents
Introduction
How
to
Use This Book:
A Note for Teachers and Students

Book
XXX
Urdu Sentence
Film Sources for Songs Cited

Chapter
in
the
1.1
Word Order
1.2
Conjugation of Verb
1.3
Greetings and (> as Particle of Respect
.4
1.5
XXIV
in
the
t-tf
and Pronouns
Asking Questions
II
Urdu Postpositions and Definite and
Indcfiniic Articles
14
.6
Adjectives of Nationality
15
.7
Introduction to Possessive Adjectives
17
.8
Pronunciation
.9
Drill:
Short and
Long Vowels
19
r^ (Conversation)
20
1.10
Conversation Practice
21
Ml
Song:
Uf
2.
1.12
Vocabulary
ft \j
22
Chapter 2
2.1
Demonstrative Pronouns and Adjectives
2.2
Cardinal
Numbers 0-10
26
2.3
The Interrogative \^f
27
2.4
The Postposition G^~
27
2.5
Pronunciation Drill
33
2.6
Jr
Aspirations
(Conversation)
33
2.7
34
2.8
Songs:
\J# >W
35
35
2.9
Vocabulary
36
Chapter 3
3.
Nouns: Gender and Plural
38
3.2
Attributive and Predicate Adjectives
42
3.3
Marked and Unmarked Adjectives
43
3.4
Cardinal Numbers: 11-20
45
Ordinal Numbers: 1-10
46
3.5
Pronunciation Drill: Perso-Arabic Sounds
3.6
r& (Conversation)
51
3.7
SI
3.8
Songs:
a~ \jfbi g
50
52
52
3.9
Vocabulary
53
Chapter 4
4.1
Possessive Adjectives
viii
62
4.2
Asking and Telling Age
4.3
Cardinal
Numbers 21-30
64
4.4
Order
a Noun Phrase
65
4.5
Pronunciation Drills
in
66
Nasals
Perso-Arabic Sounds II
67
4.6
r^ (Conversation)
68
4.7
68
4.8
Songs:
4.9
Vocabulary
[J* /&
^ il
U,
69
(J*
70
Chapter 5
5.1
The Present Habitual Tense
73
5.2
The Present Habitual Negative
75
5.3
Times of the Day, Days of the Week, and

80
Other Time Phrases
5.4
The Particle J with Temporal Words and Phrases
81
5.5
Review of Urdu Sentence Structure
82
5.6
The Verb C?(? with Nouns and Verbs
85
5.7
Pronunciation
5.8
^"(Conversation)
5.9
Drill:
88
Retroflexes
89
9
ix
5.10
J?
Songs:
CH
J <p Jj
90
91
5.11
Vocabulary
91
Chapter 6
6.1
Postpositions
96
6.2
The Oblique Case - Oblique Forms of Nouns
97
6.3
Oblique Forms of Demonstrati ves
6.4
Oblique Forms of Adjectives
101
6.5
Oblique Forms of Pronouns
102
6.6
Note on
6.7
The Interrogative j/ and
6.S
Note on
6.9
Pronunciation
y t
*&
103
its
Oblique Forms
I~
6.13
116
6.12 Songs:
Perso-Arabic, and
115
II
6.10 /^(Conversaiion)
6.
105
107
Drill: Aspirated,
Retroflexive Sounds
00
1 1
<_l <c)&l ifJJ
Vocabulary
Chapter 7
7.1
Expressing Potentials with
7.2
sjS
with
t^
Compound Verbs
122
7.3
Further Uses of JlX
123
7.4
The Present Continuous Tense
124
7.5
The Comparative
125
7.6
The
127
7.7
Persian Adjectival Elements
7.8
Expressing
7.9
Cardinal
Superlative
128
More or Less
Numbers 31-40
132
132
7.10 Aggregatives
7.11
134
The Future Tense
140
7.12 Pronunciation Drill: Diphthongs
7.13
Response
30
140
Drill
7.14 /^(Conversation)
142
7.15 Conversation Practice
144
7.16 Songs: {j!
f7.17
2^
f P \i
145
4-
&J
-4
146
& d*S (&
146
**
,46
Vocabulary
Chapter 8
w-
8.
Formal Imperatives (with
8.2
Informal Imperatives (with |*J
8.3
Least Formal Imperatives (with
8.4
Negative Imperatives
'
50
151
52
52
8.5
The
8.6
Use of
8.7
Further Uses of ti?
8.8
The Past
Participles
8-9
The Past
Habitual Tense
Infinitive as Imperative
and
L/tyr'
152
with Imperatives
153
155
of tit
I58
160
8.10
The Past Continuous Tense
8.11
Cardinal
8.12
Pronunciation Drill: Doubling of Consonants
164
8.13
r^
165
152
Numbers 41-50
163
(Conversation)
8.u
US Songs;
-
167
__r \f a'$g
;'.v iJX
--.
'
168
168
I6S
8.16
Vocabulary
169
Chapter 9
9.
as a
Temporal Marker
73
9.2
/ as a Direct Object Marker
174
9.3
as
an
176
9.4
in
Verbal and Adjectival Constructions
9.5
in Infinitive
9.6
Infinitive as the Subject
181
9.7
/inÛ
in e%M
182
Indirect Object
Marker
+ *_ Construction
J$
178
180
Constructions
XII
9.8
y with Abstract Possessions
9.9
Special Object
Forms
9.10
Stem + -//<
9.11
Noun-Verb Agreement
9.12 Cardinal
186
88
190
in
192
Urdu
193
Numbers 5 1-60
Time with the Enclitic
J l~
194
9.13
Expressing
9.14
/^(Conversation)
198
9.15
Conversation Practice (I)
199
9.15
Conversation Practice (2)
199
9-16
Songs:
<^* CU^
(^)
?+.
200
it
201
+. t?
?
oh *
<_ (j>
2%
201
202
9.17 Vocabulary
Chapter 10
10.1
The Verb lf "To Know"
204
10.2
Kft f** Construction
206
10.3
The Verb 1 and Knowledge of Learned/Acquired
10.4
The Verbify, "To Ask"
10.5
The Verb fy with C-~ and
2I3
2 *5
0.6
The Verb C/ with <Z~ and
0.7
Indefinite
1 0.8
209
2U
217
Pronouns and Adjectives
Fractions and
Skills
22
Mass Measurements
xiii
10.9
Telling
Time
in Fractions
223
Numbers 61-70
225
10.10
Cardinal
10.11
r^
10.12
10.13
Songs:
(Conversation)
<-
tf J?
226
227
<
mF
229
Vocabulary
10.14
Chapter
11.1
The Interrogative Ur
1 1 .2
The Interrogative
.3
Expressing "To Have"
235
.4
The Possessive Adjective ty
240
233
234
)?
11.5
The Reflexive Pronoun
11.6
Noun +1)0
243
11.7
Adjective +1/0
244
1 1.8
Postposition or
.9
Oblique
Adverb +
Infinitive
11.10 Cardinal
i)
242
244
+ \)b
Numbers 71-80
11.11
^^(Conversation)
249
11.12
250
xiv
11.13
\Jt%{$
Songs:
251
f \>fii *
252
$f$vf ^-X
252
\J$
11.14
253
Vocabulary
Chapter 12
12.
Simple Past Tense
256
12.2
The Simple Past Tense of Intransitive Verbs
258
12.3
The Case of
"To Go"
260
12.4
The Case of tjt 'To Be, To Happen, To Become"
261
12.5
Relatives and Correlatives
265
12.6
The Particles (j* and {f
270
12.7
The Interrogative U*y
273
12.8
Repetition of Adjectives
273
12.9
Cardinal
Numbers 81-90
276
Clf
12.10
/^(Conversation)
276
12.11
279
12.12
Songs:
\J
(^
/ J?f
28
-/&> ifiJf? <-/*
281
2- {*
4
12.13
U> \Sj
*/ \f h
281
282
Vocabulary
Chapter 13
13.1
The Simple Past Tense of Transitive Verbs
XV
286
5
8
*%f
13.2
The Case of C^ <fe;
13.3
Negating the Simple Past Tense
288
13.4
The Present
292
13.5
The Past Perfect Tense
13.6
Cardinal
13.7
/^(Conversation)
297
13.8
300
13.9
Songs:
Perfect
288
Tense
295
297
Numbers 91-100
J-/U
300
Jgxjftjitjg
-S*l j\)\
teJg
301
302
13.10 Vocabulary
Chapter 14
fc-0
14.2
Verb Stem
14.3
The Oblique
4.4
305
Constructions
14.1
* \$ Construction
308
31
Infinitive +!<:-> Construction
Compound Verbs
(A) Verb Stem + Aspect Indicators:
cfe5*
<tb
ffe )
*Cs
312
l^ljvl^C?
(B) Verb Stem + 1 1 Construction
31
4.5
Introduction to the Subj unctive
31
4.6
P*>
323
14.7
(Conversation)
326
XVI
14.8
*t
14.9
&\ J/ w^
-Jv 9t
Songs:
326
^^ \f
JJ&i$% *M
327
329
Vocabulary
Chapter
332
15.1
Condition-Result Clauses with ./' and
15.2
Expressing Presumptions and Suppositions with the Verb
15.3
Expressing Compulsion with the Verb
15.4
t/
336
339
342
Passives
15.5
Passive Intransitive Verbs
346
15.6
350
15.7
>^
15.8
15.9
Songs:
as
a Rhetorical
15.10
351
(Conversation)
f
<z~
Particle
Jl >* J
tlf
yLt
355
? UL> JL
356
/ - vUt /
'
357
cJ *ZJ ol >j OL dJJ
358
359
Vocabulary
Chapter 16
16.1
6.2
16.3
The
362
"Izafa"
Some Common Uses of
366
Present and Past Participles
Present Participle and ?J Construction
xvii
371
16.4
Present Participle and
16.5
Present Participle in the Narration of the Past
16.6
Past Participle and
16.7
The Uses of y
16.8
Emphatic Negative Assertions
378
16.9
J^(Convcrsation)
379
Construction
l*lf
vJ
374
375
Construction
jjf
377
16.10
16.11
Songs:
^\jt2Jitf2~3J
381
$ /J? j/tf Oi^r^t
16.12
372
382
Vocabulary
Reading Passages
Reading Passage
One
Reading Passage
Two
"J
387
\jf \J* </V*
388
Reading Passage Three
Reading Passage Four
c/.>
Reading Passage Seven
Note on
->l
L^'^"*
Reading Passage Five tffjP
Reading Passage Six
- jZ*
f?
p3
4~
3
(j !?
i~
a*
389
./->
'
^90
tT/f
393
y>y
394
-/L>'
396
the Calendar
Urdu-English Glossary
441
English-Urdu Glossary
xviii
Introduction
A member of the Indo-Aryan

in
many parts of the South
family of languages,
Urdu is spoken by over 1 50 million people
Asian subcontinent. Designated the
one of the national languages of India, Urdu
official
language of Pakistan and
also routinely spoken as a first or second
is
the Middle East, South and East Africa,
language in South Asian diaspora communities
in
Western Europe, North America, and Australia.
Tn recent decades,
Urdu has been glamorized by
Bollywoods India's massive film industry, which routinely commissions prominent Urdu writers
and poets
Urdu
dialects
to write scripts and
emerged as a
compose song
lyrics for the
when
the fourteenth and Fifteenth centuries
of it (Gujri and Dakhani) were used
in
western and southern India for poetic
II (r. 1
it
finally
gave
way to British colon ial
adamantly sought
who had developed a special
in
fondness for
the regional kingdoms that patronized
rule over most
new patrons. Whether
resilience in the face
received a special boost in northern India from the
759- i 806),
As the power base of the Mughal empire and
of the subcontinent, Urdu
Hyderabad or
in the Punjab,
it.
Urdu eroded
writers
Urdu demonstrated
of political upheavals.
Although Urdu has developed
spatial,
releases every year.
in
literary
Mughal em peror Shah Alam
marked
it
language
first
compositions. In the late eighteenth century
and
many movies
into a
language with a great
literary
and
cultural history, its
temporal, and etymological origins are fraught with acute ambiguities, not to mention
bitter controversies.
The word Urdu
itself is
reference to the surroundings of Delhi's
Red
of Turkish origin and means "camp," most
Fort, al times referred to as
xix
likely
urdu-e mu'alla, or
"exalted eamp."
b'or
many centuries, the area around the Red Fort was an
power for Turko-Pcrsian dynasties originating
It
accomodated various
others Indie.
linguistic
and
in Central Asia, including the
cultural traditions,
Toward the end of the eighteenth
important center of
some of which were
llustrious
Persianate and
century, the hybrid language of this area
be referred to as zaban-e urdu-e mu'alla, or "'the language
"Notwithstanding the use of the term
remember
Urdu
Red
came
to signify
Fort.
to designate a specific language,
that as late as the n ineteenth century,
came to
of the exalted camp." This expression
appears to have been truncated over time and simply became Urdu, which then
the vernacular or local language spoken around the
Mughals.
what we today
refer to> as
it
is
important
to
Urdu was also known
as Hindi, Hindavi, Gujri, Dakhani, or Rclchta ("mixed language"). Historically, the linguistic
spectrum encompassed by the Urdu/Hindi/Hindavi/Gujri/Dakhani/Rekhta framework has not
"been a rigid
one and the boundaries and definitions of these
dialects
have been relatively
fluid.
This wide spectrum not only incorporated Persian vocabulary and a few Persian grammatical
elements (Persian being the official language
embraced elements from vernacular or
at
many courts
local languages
in pre-colonial
South Asia) but also
such as Dakhani (spoken in the Deccan),
Gujarati, Avadhi, Khari Boli, and Braj.
The emergence of more rigid

British colonial policies
definitions of what constitutes
Urdu
is largely
and the growth of religiously based nationalisms
and earEy twentieth centuries. As a
result,
in
a consequence of
the late nineteenth
many aspects of culture that were common
to both
Hindus and Muslims, including language, came to be perceived exclusively through religious
lenses.
Many came to
reflected
believe that Urdu, because
it
was
written
an Islamic orientation. Thus, a language that had to
xx
in
the Perso-Arabic script,
that point
been spoken by Hindus
and Muslims
became
alike,
and
its
scrip! learned
by
inextricably linked to South Asian
all
peoples regardless of their religious orientation,
Muslim identity. Such a narrow association of the
language with Islam alone overlooked two important
facts; first, millions
of South Asian
Muslims did not speak Urdu, and second, many Hindus were counted among
writers,
and devotees. In the eyes of the religious
language written
identified
in the
nationalists, Hindi,
greatest poets,
on the other hand,
the
Devanagari script and drawing vocabulary from Sanskrit, came to be
with Hindus. Notwithstanding these narrow demarcations distinguishing Urdu from
Hindi, Premchand, a renowned author
who has been
claimed by partisans on both sides of the
Urdu/Hindi divide to be one of their own, declared: "In
the
its
same language. When they have common verbs and
my view, Hindi and Urdu are one and
subjects, there can be
no doubt of their
being one."
Many a
writer in South Asia has continued to challenge the constraints that have been placed
on these languages by freely mixing idioms. In response to the religious nuances that have come
to surround
both Hindi and Urdu, a handful of leaders (including Mahatma Gandhi) and writers
(Sajjad Zaheer for instance),
who were interested
promoted the use of the term "Hindustani" to
in fostering
refer
to a
Hindu-Muslim
unity,
have
mode of Urdu-Hindi defused of any
religious charge. Unfortunately, the forces of communalism in
contemporary South Asia have
been so strong that this expression has failed to gain wide currency.
A lthough in many respects Urdu and Hindi are almost identical

Urdu is written
Devanagari
identify
in the Perso-Arabic script
script.
Those persons and
whereas Hindi
institutions
is
gramatically, in today's world
written in the Sanskrit-derived
who wish
to focus
on differences tend
to
Urdu more with the vocabulary of Persian and Arabic, and Hindi with vocabulary from
xxi
Sanskrit
We should remind ourselves thai these distinctions between Urdu and
certain perspectives quite arbitrary
and the inexorable speculations as
these languages differ from each other can continue endlessly to
This book attempts to steer a middle course
in
to what extent, if any,
avail.
the Urdu-Hinds divide in that
most part* words and expressions that are mutually
speaking communities. In writing this book,
no
Hindi are from
intelligible to self-identified
it
uses, for the
Urdu-Hindi
wc have become convinced more than ever that
languages are open-ended networks. In a language such as Urdu, cultural and temporal variations
pave the way for growth and development. Expressions that are commonplace in Hyderabad,
India,
might be seen as archaic and even quaint
such as
all
this, it is
Over
in
to pursue
the language. Nor
more advanced
the highly Persianizcd form of Urdu that
we have included sample reading
the
in
and grammatical nuances. Nevertheless, we hope
a strong enough foundation
who are interested

and journals,
Karachi, Pakistan. In an introductory book
impossible to cover all the variations
the subtle lexical
students with
in
many years we have labored
to
is
is it
possible lo cover
(hat the course provides
study. For those students
commonly used
in
newspapers
passages at the end of the book.
produce
this book,
we have
been deeply grateful to
our wonderfully patient students for having tolerated earlier incarnations of the present work and
for their invaluable suggestions,
We also owe a special
debt of gratitude to the following friends
and colleagues who are responsible for many improvements
in this
book: Gaurav Shah,
Ponda, Lata Parwani, Naseem Mines, Shafique Virani, Neelima Sh.uk la-Bhau,
Amjad
ALinani,
Alex Keefe, Herman van Olphcn, Shahnaz Hassan, Danielle Widmann, Sunil Sharma,
Bard,
Azhar Abbas, Carla
Ameek
Amy
Peticvich, Hussein Rashid, and Michael Currier. Special thanks to Bill
xxii
University of Texas, Austin, for carefully reading the entire manuscript and suggesting
Tony DiBartolo, and Margaret
corrections that have improved the book and to Bill Countie,
Keycs of Harvard's Media Production Center for their patience
that
accompany this course. This book would not have been
many
in
recording the audio materials
possible without generous funding
from the Consortium for Language Learning and Teaching and the enthusiastic support of the
Consortium's executive director, Peter Patrikis.
In addition to dedicating this
book
to the late
Anncmaric Schimmel, we
also wish to
dedicate this work to our past, present, and future students with the hope thai our efforts will
inspire
them to continue their study of Urdu and enable them
trans-temporal cultural traditions that
to first-time students
Urdu embodies so well.
to experience the trans-national
We have given every consideration
of Urdu, that their experience of learning
and enjoyable. "We hope that those who use
many consider the most romantic
in
this
the world.
book
will
and
this
come to
language he both rewarding
appreciate
a language
that
How To Use This Book: A Note for Teachers

The overall objective of Let's Study Urdu
writing, and speaking
Urdu
instructional settings,
it
is
in
is
to
make students comfortable with
may be
everyday contexts. Although the book
class that
Depending on
which students master the material,
the speed with
meets 4-5 times per week for
of this book, particularly chapters 15 and 16, to the
first
we suggest that students spend
fifty
language
is
who
is
in
it is
proficient in
Urdu grammar and
a variety of
week)
minutes per session.
possible to extend the use
semester of a second-year course. For
at least
an hour to an hour and a half
outside of class reviewing the material and completing the relevant exercises.
that a teacher
used
reading,
specifically designed to fulfill the needs of a first-year (26
American college-level Urdu
each classroom session,
and Students
The book assumes
and speaking the
in reading, writing,
preseni in class to provide guidance for students. In our teaching experiences,
have noticed
that the information
from
book
this
is
communicated more effectively when
students read assigned sections before coming to class.
designed so that students can study
homework and devote
we
Keeping
this in mind, the
much of the grammar explanations on
their
book
own
is
as
the time they spend in the classroom to hearing and practicing the
language. With this approach, the amount of time that the teacher needs to spend explaining
grammar can be kept at a minimum, with classroom contact time being devoted to
interactive
and learner-centered
will help students
activities.
Tie
'I
book
is
fostering
accompanied by an audio component
develop their reading, speaking, and listening
that
skills.
This book assumes that students have a working knowledge of the Urdu writing system and,
as a result,
the
it
uses almost no transliteration,
companion volume
to this
To attain mastery of the Urdu
book, Let's Study Urdu:
XXIV
script,
we recommend
An Introduction to the Script (New
Haven: Yale University Press, 2008).
Format
Each chapter is divided

introduction
examples
il
each section usually devoled to the
of a particular point of grammar or idiomatic construction. After
lustrating the relevant
exercises, labelled as
meant
into several sections, with
Reading and Translation
to reinforce the
and Translation
grammar, students aru called upon

Drills
and comprehension
writing skills as well as recall of vocabulary items.
Urdu
Urdu within
the
complete the relevant
in that
section.
skills, the
If the translation exercises
Some sections of the book
syllabification
aspirated,
and reinforce grammar
The
first
eight chapters
Drills that are designed to help students understand
and develop greater competency
and nasal sounds
include English to
are done orally, they can assist students in generating
limited contexts so as to improve speaking proficiency.
book also contain Pronunciation
While the Reading
Substitutions emphasize
translation exercises that help students develop their writing skills
and vocabulary.
of
and Substitutions. These exercises are
grammar that the student has learned
Drills stress reading
to
a series
in
as well as those letters
pronouncing retroflexive, dental,
of
Urdu
palatal,
borrowed from Arabic and Persian languages-
The penultimate components of each chapter are the contextual dialogues, JT^ (Conversation)
and Conversation Practices, which integrate vocabulary with the grammar units introduced
the various sections of the chapter, These dialogues also help in the development of reading
communication
skills.
As the book advances and students
and vocabulary, the dialogues flow more naturally. The
increase thctr
r^
in
and
command over grammar
(Conversation) sections of each
chapter are connected to each other by a soap opera-like drama featuring two characters, Raj and
Nargis, and their families.
As
the Raj-Nargis
romance unfolds from chapter to chapter, students
XXV
arc exposed to the language as
the ongoing
it
is
spoken in a variety of everyday contexts. At the same time,
romance keeps them wondering and
anticipating what will develop in the next
chapter. These contextual dialogues are followed by popular Songs, taken for the most part from
Bollywood,
India's
thei r entirety, are
renowned film
romantic
The rationale for
sections.
in
industry.
theme and their selection has been
this activity
is
and
comprehension
skills, to
of Urdu grammar, to enhance pronunciation through
to provide exposure to a very significant element
the Subcontinent or in the diaspora.
or in
keyed to the grammar
carefully
fourfold: to develop aural
appreciate certain flexibilities and nuances
singing,
Most of these songs, whether in excerpted form
of South Asian
culture,
whether
in
We recommend that every class session devote at least 5
minutes to listening to and singing these songs. Students are not expected to totally comprehend
the songs since they often require a
been exposed.
of it from
the
Bollywood film
in
which
it
appears so as to be exposed to
in their entirety
from various websites on the
lists all
also found in the
After Chapter
broadcasts,
which they have not
new vocabulary
visual context.
we have
To
included a
for those
who wish
Internet.
Every chapter ends with a Vocabulary
to locate the lyrics
of the songs
items introduced in that unit. These vocabulary items are
English-Urdu and Urdu-English glossaries that appear
6, the
its
of the films from which these songs are excerpted,
We hope that the list will also be helpful
section that
to
We recommend that after students have mastered a song, they watch a video clip
facilitate the identification
list.
knowledge of Urdu-Hindi prosody
at
the end of the book.
book contains several Reading Passages based on radio and television
newspaper
extracts, popular jokes,
grammar points of the book and are designed
and
recipes.
The passages
integrate major
to further strengthen reading
of culturally authentic language.
xxvi
and translation
skills
Suggested Teaching Strategics
Although the book provides plenty of mechanical and structured exercises and
activities,
teachers
and students are encouraged to
creative
manner. The Reading and Translation Drills are not only tailored to enhance reading
and translation
exercises.
skills,
but they
utilize the material in the
may also be
used effectively
They may also be creatively transformed
into
book
in dictation
in
an open-ended and
and aural comprehension
games. For example, the words
composing one of the sentences included in the drills may be written individually on separate
index cards to create a "jigsaw" puzzle that students need to solve by reproducing the original
sentence with the various components in correct grammatical order.
controlled activity,
may
lead students to bring in
competency of the
in the
script.
in
The Translation
exercises
may be written
classroom to assess grammar, idiomatic usage, spelling, and
The Jr
students with basic situations
(Conversation) and Conversation Practice sections present
which they can reproduce through role-playing
activities that bring
new vocabulary words and grammar structures from previous chapters. They can form
basis of skits
which can be presented "live"
creative in developing scenarios based
Many of these strategies

elicit
also
on video. Students
may also be
lend themselves to group activities or students working in pairs to
class can be divided into groups, with each group
creating situations or exercises that expand
Groups may
in class or recorded
the
on vocabulary from the songs.
numerous creative responses. The
in class.
less
new vocabulary words, an exercise that can be
particularly effective when they are working in pairs.
by students on the board
The Substitutions, a
upon
the material that the students
have encountered
compete with each other on the basis of vocabulary acquisition and
degrees of comprehension. Activities based
on students working in groups or pairs should aim
xxvii
at
maximizing peer-facilitated learning mat ensures in-depth mastery of the material.

Bibliography
Barker,
Muhammad Abd
ofWorks Consulted
al-Rahman, etal. Spoken Urdu:
A Course
in Urdu. 3 vols. Ithaca:
Spoken Language Services, 1990 [1987].

Barker,
Muhammad Abd
al-Rahman, et
a!.
An Urdu Newspaper Reader
Ithaca:
Spoken
Language Services, 1986.
Bhatia,Tej.
A History of the Hindi-Hindustani Grammatical
Bhatia, Tej,
and Ashok Koul. Colloquial Urdu. London: Routledgc, 2000.
Jain,
Usha. Introduction to Hindi Grammar. Berkeley: Center
Studies, University
Kalsi,
A.
S., et al.
Tradition. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1987.
for
South and Southeast Asian
of California, 1995.
Modern Urdu
Texts,
Urdu Short Stories. London: School of Oriental and
African Studies, 1991.
Matthews, David
J.,
and
Mohammed
Kasim. Teach Yourself Urdu. I>ondon:
McGraw
Hill/Contemporary Books, 2003.
Matthews, David
J.,
and Christopher ShackLe.
A Selection of Twentieth Century
London: School of Oriental and African Studies,

McGregor, R,
Nairn, C.
S.
Outline ofHindi
Grammar.
Urdu
Verse.
991.
New Delhi; Oxford University Press,
1999.
Introductory Urdu. 2 vols. Chicago: South Asia Language and Area Center,
University of Chicago, 1999.
Naim, C. M. Readings in Urdu: Prose and Poetry. Honolulu: East West Press, 1965.
Narang, GopiChand. Readings in Urdu Literary Prose Madison: University of Wisconsin,
.
South Asia Center, 1968.
Platts, J.
A Dictionary of Urdu,
Classical Hindi,
and English.
1st
Indian edition. Delhi:
Muiishiram Manoharlal Publishers, [1930] reprint 1977.

SchimcK, Ruth Laila. Urdu:
An Essential Grammar.
Shackle, Christopher, and Rupert Snell. Hindi
London; Routledge, 1999.
and Urdu since 1800: A Common Reader
London: School of Oriental and African Studies, 1990.
xxix
Film Sources for Songs Cited
in the
Book
Film (Year)
Chapter
Lyricist
Chaliya(\960)
Qamar J alalabad
Awara (1951)
Shaitendra
Shree 420 (1955)
Shailendra
Chaudhvin ka Chand
Ishqpar Zor Nahiih
Kabhi Kabhi (1976)
SahirLudhiyanvi
Dil Se Mile Oil (1978)
Am
Beqabu(\996)
Rahat Indori
f-
ft
y e J*
tJf *-?
#i?l
#/ 4
tMJ
Private recording:
Shakil Badayuni
960)
Anand Bakshi
970)
Dil hat ti mantaa nahiin
(1
99
it
KJianna
Faiz Anwar
Gaurav Shah
Naseeb (198!)
Anand Bakshi
Saajan (1991)
Samcer
Aan milo sajna (1970)
Anand Bakshi
Love Story (1981)
Anand Bakshi
Private recording:
Chhalia ( 1 960)
Qamar Jalalabad
Aashiqui(mO)
Sameer
Alburn recording Aryans
Jai
Mbhra (\994)
Anand Bakshi
f-$
utuJt
44*$
xxx
Gaurav Shah
Walia
V^ l of\
Aradhna(\969}
Anand Bakshi
ê^W
Saajan(m\)
Samcer
10
*ttfd
Bobby (1 973)
Anand Bakshi
10
Jftifag
A'Aor (1972)
Santosh
-4om mi/a sajnaa (1970)
Anand Bakshi
5Ao/fly(l975)
Anand Bakshi
Sangam <1964)
Shaiiendra
(Hz$f(l965)
SahirLudhyanvi
.4/-0<//wmi(1969)
Anand Bakshi
11
tr<?U&
11
kfi u? fdf
11
Jf Jtx f> di tokjd

uf' tA>
12
liX
*-'
Anand
12
$1*J'&j&\J*?*-j
12
u %/ <A Cr?
7W(1999)
Anand Bakshi
{f dffij*~j
KabhiKabhi(\97G)
SahirLudhyanvi
Shree 420(1955)
Shaiiendra
Jurm (1990)
lndeewar
13
\$J
ijt
13
j/i ** J%
14
lj* ^\ /<-*
[4
J Shifty
W
IS
15
15
16
16
16
x\j}
tjjr\jkji{ji
f lv
^_vt-
tf
v/f'
U64-
b/ÂeW
jtfcJi^ûlJtf$jJ
îgi-T^^fl^^
tf/J^/tfuiii
J&htfjihliS^f
4WW*K* ê W&ritf fe 55 ( 967)
Shaiiendra
Dharmatma (1915)
lndeewar
Dilwale Dulhaniya
Aij/w> Atao
995)
Pyaar Hai (2000)
Anand Bakshi
Ibrahim Ashiq
Shakil Badayuni
MughaUAzam (1960)
Muqaddar ka Sikandar ( 978)
Anjaan
Pakeezah(\91\)
Kaifi
Gmcjn(1979)
Makhdum
Azmi
Mohiuddin
XXXI
Chapter
1.1
In
Word Order
in the
Urdu Sentence
Urdu the normal word order in the simplest sentence, reading from right
to left, is as follows:
Verb
Subject
lam
Urdu sentences thus generally begin with the subject and end with the verb so that
elements of the sentence
fall
Verb
Complement
Subject
O*
eft/*
l&
The complement can be a noun
am American.
or an adjective:
Verb
Complement
Subject
sentence
(J^f which can
is
other
between the subject and the verb.
When such a
all
am
beautiful.
put in the negative, the verb can be replaced with the negative particle
mean either "no" or "not."
3
Negative Particle
Complement
Subject
uf
am
For a more emphatic lone,
\J5
not American.
can be followed by the verb:
Verb
Negative Particle
Complement
Subject
am
not American.
For an even more emphatic tone, the negative
particle
{JJ can come
after the verb:
Negative Particle
Verb
Complement
Subject
a*
am
1.2
The
first
J-
(definitely/certainly) not
Conjugation of Verb
Urdu verb we will conjugate
is
the
Conjugational
am
(inTormal) are
You (formal) arc
(to be),
Forms
You (least formal) are

You
and Pronouns
most common verb: itf
Singular
Translation
Kitf
American.
<4
Form
Pronoun
He/She/It
v/W
C~
is
Plural Forms
Wc are
jt
You
are
if
You are
\Jt
They are
fi
A
\J~
is
the
most
common
first
is
first
#/ft*
person pronoun, although
pronoun fi in contexts that require a
\J~
some people use the first person
plural
person singular pronoun. The use of r- in place of
generally considered a mark of humility, though in
some instances, under the influence of
English id iom, the substitution is used to connote the "royal we." In several regions of North
India,
people use fi
in
the (J~ context quite
commonly.
-U*
&/&
am American.
-u! <//'
I
am American.
We are American,
y
is
the least formal of the second person pronouns and should not be used unless one
intimate terms with the addressee or unless an insult
is
intended.
young children and sometimes servants as well. Interestingly
In
some regions,
this
pronoun
is
It
is
also used to address one's mother.
.<_
You
\h *
are good.
is
commonly used
used
is
on
to address
when addressing God.
|*
is
the
persons
terms.
It
common second
person pronoun.
who are younger than you

is
also frequently
It
can be used
in
addressing one person or several
or a person or persons with
whom you are on fairly familiar
employed to address individuals of a lower social
status than the
speaker, e.g., servants, taxi drivers.
You (singular) are Indian.
You (plural)
is
are Indian,
the most polite and formal second person singular and plural form.
one person, <
'
expresses respect. Thus,
when you speak to a person
when you address a person older than yourself,

for any person to
"you" (plural).
whom you want to show
On account
._-
respect,
When
'
of its use both for respect and
is
few times or
for the first
should be used. In general
addressed to
'
can be used
also used to express plurality,
plurality,
the meaning of i*
'
i.e.
is
dependent on context. For example, the following sentence has two possible meanings:
You (respectful) are a student.

You
Note
In highly formal
speech y--
'
can sometimes be used as a third person pronoun of respect
meaning "he or "she." This usage, which
</
0f (see below)
, is
religious personalities.
are students.
is
even more formal and polite than the use of plural
only used for persons accorded the highest degree of respect, such as
Example:
He (highly
honorific)
is
a very famous professor.
when used as pronouns can be
"they." Again,
when used
in
either singular or plural,
meaning "he,"
"she," "it," or
a plural context, these pronouns can connote respect for a single
individual:
-c-fss*s
S
r
i
He
is
professor.
-Ul/^ssts
He (respectful) is a professor.
They are professors.
The
latter
example is ambiguous because {jt can be used
for a singular subject
with respect or for a plural subject

1.1 - 1.2
Drill
who is spoken of
-c-jxt''A/ft
Translate into Urdu:
1.
He
2.
She
3.
They
4.
You
5.
We are doctors.
6.
Brooke Shields
7.
Anita
8.
Sean Connery
9.
We are human.
10.
He is not Christian. He
Fill in
Indian.
is
is
Pakistani.
are Russian.
(least formal) are not
is
is
a student.
very famous.
not famous.
is
very handsome.
is
Hindu.
the blanks with the appropriate form of fJt
_r
"
and
1.3 Greetings
[$
as Particle of Respect
Urdu does not have a uniform mode of greeting. The manner
is
contingent upon a variety
in
which one person greets another
of factors: the age and gender of the two
speakers, prior
acquaintance or intimacy, their educational background, and the region in which they are
located.
play a
At times, the perceived religious identity of the person who is being greeted may also
part.
As
a result, the several forms of Urdu (and Hindi) greetings carry overtones of social
and religious
status, regional identity,
affiliation.
The following are a few commonly heard
expressions:
kJjl
1)
you])."
(literally,
"respect") and
\J
f wM
These greetings, which are formal
"[my] respects are presented
in tone, are religiously neutral in that
between persons of different or identical religious
said
(literally,
affiliation.
they can be used
Depending on context, they may be
by a person of a younger age, or of an inferior social status, to an older person or one with a
socially superior status.
They are often accompanied by a gesture of respect
moves his/her right hand to the forehead. Sometimes the gesture

and the act
called *fe/
is
the
same rank or not
if
'
age
[to
fc_/b T
some people
a difference
'
and
y/
associated with the culture
Delhi,
flfr" ("presenting greetings"). If both greeters are of
^'->
'
is
also
Sfi J
2"
(literally,
"may you
or
live long").
For
represent a formal and contrived set of greetings
of nineteenth- and twentieth-century Urdu-speaking
Lucknow, and Hyderabad
wb
rank or age, then the person with the superior rank or
in
with a nod and the blessing
w^'->
which the speaker
used without any words
intimate with each other, the reply to these greetings
If there is
may respond
\~&3 " or "LV
itself is
in
(India).
aristocracies of
Hence they choose not to use it as they
outdated or old-fashioned. In contemporary Pakistan
feel
it is
p^ {\if("saiaam alaikum") and
its
f~ J('W alaikum
response r*iV
salaam") have
come to
replace
J^l
f >-J>\
and {J*
as
the standard formal greetings.
2)
p^flr
p^ {fc {"salaam alaikum")
(pronounced "as-salaam alaikum") or
Arabic greeting meaning "peace be upon [with] you."
in
South Asia and, indeed,
("
wa alaikum as-salaam")
all
It
is a
common
p*J
ultra-conservative circles
in Pakistan,
note, however, that notwithstanding the tendency in contemporary South
Asia
polarize greetings along religious lines, historically this is not a greeting that
limited to Muslims. Hence,
continue to use
ZZ-
3)
is
it
non-Muslims
in
all
over India as a form of greeting.
Hindu friends and neighbours. J C~s

]
to this
greeting
is
the same:
It
is
in
some
important to
to politicize
front
4)
is
and
was exclusively
Some
is
consider
in India
it
use
to
it
be a
as well
a s lightly more formal form of it.
when
The reply
or >-*' . These greetings are all-purpose and cover a range of
usages such as "good morning," "good afternoon," "good evening," and also "goodbye."
saying of C~-
friends.
customary "Hindu" greeting, although a large number of non-Hindus

greeting their
r-
some regions of South Asia and elsewhere still
when greeting their Muslim acquaintances and
commonly used
Muslims
(*lr
is
where
has become a marker of Muslim religious identity.
it
an
("wa alaikum salaam") "may peace be upon you as
As mentioned above, this greeting has become prevalent
well."
greeting between
over the Muslim world. The reply to this greeting
or fit*
is
The
accompanied by a hand gesture: the greeter joins the palms of both hands
in
of himself or herself.
j$
and (J^ "hello" and "hi" are informal greetings
educated and those
identification. In
who want a transrehgious
modern-day India,
it
is quite
common among
the "English-medium"
greeting which avoids any specific religious
common
to hear, especially in urban areas, the
5) After the initial
This inquiry
exchange of greetings,
may take
that is entirely in Urdu/Hindi.
of a lengthy conversation
greetings "hello" or "hi" al the beginning
it
is
customary to inquire about health and well-being.
place in an informal or formal
manner depending on context.
In
more
informal contexts, and perhaps becoming increasingly widespread under the influence of English
forms, the phrases
?i$ dL
frequently used. Equally informal
condition/state?" This has the
are:
i/*T
wX^
<J~" or
response uses the echo
6)
The
the ubiquitous "S
is
n
"L% *-$ f*
compound "(J ft
if "
literally,
"what
is
[your|
am fine"). A
(literally, "I
*Jw
slightly
more colloquial
**\f
\J**
Urdu speech requires the use of polite and even ceremonious
etiquette of formal
^)js = noble; literally, "[your)

Urdu dictates that
Jk
C-
"how are you?") are
(literally,
same nuance as the American slang "what's up?" Usual responses
language. For this reason, the question "
formal
v'^sr {"
"ox"^si
#/
?<
-'
/"
noble disposition?")
is
&
'A
= disposition, temperament;
frequently employed. Again, eliqucitc of
the reply should be modest, simple,
and even humble so that one does
not actually say
you
how one
is.
" (literally, "kindness,
Thus, the typical response
kind of you to ask").
to
"&-#/
One may also use
"thank you" as a reply. Sometimes variant expressions such as

"
&'/*"
am
7)
\/i6\/"
fine thanks] to your prayers")
The asking of names can
("What
is
your name?")
phrases are
is
.c.
g>r* which also
"-
thanks be to God) or*_UJ
may also be
U
=
\$r*
"
"
thank
means
or
ij^ (Hindu) or
Jwl
'-
(Ui = prayers,
"[I
heard.
also be informal or formal.
The informal". <- L/(*t 9 kf*"
most commonly heard. In formal contexts,
employed:"^
"(Jty/"
- lib/ lS '-^" (literally, "there is God's kindness/mercy (God
(Muslim); kindness -
is
\fî>/f\ * yf
"
or
1^
polite
if ft
and respectful
J-
<{^'"
(literally.
"What
is
your noble (*-#/") name?" or "What
is
Humility and modesty require the response to begin: "*
is
ft \j" (literally, "My name
8)
Before taking leave Of a person, one
may formally
"please give permission (to leave]"). Just as there
speakers meet, there are no consistent
(literally,
or politely ask: "
On
among Urdu speakers, regardless of religious
Consequently they wilt use either
the other hand,
some Muslims
since they consider the
word "Im"
"J^T /"' "
feel that " JiiU
to refer to
\j&
affiliation.
The
particle
whom one
validity
("we'll
is
is
(>
tn India continue to
can be attached
*-*^"
the standard form for saying
With the unfortunate growth
some
to
a Muslim
meet again") or "(3^
not a strong
As a
" ("bye").
enough "Islamic"
greeting,
result of right-wing religious
"JSJUÎ" has become ubiquitous throughout Pakistan.
non-Muslim Urdu speakers
" (literally,
"god" with a small "g." Hence they prefer to use
"&j\pj%i" ("may Allah be your protector/ keep you").
influences,
^JUj
words of parting, either. Traditionally " iÛ
of religious nationalism, these words of parting have been associated by
identity.
no uniform greeting when two Urdu
is
"God be your protector, God keep you") has been
"goodbye"
9)
(jf) name?").
your auspicious
In contrast,
Muslim and
use "JijU '-."
to (J^ (yes) or
\J2
(no) to indicate respect for the person
addressing. At times, the use of this particle by itself suggests affirmation of the
of a statement or command:
Is
he a student?
Yes, he
is
a student.
10
No, he
is
Yes, he
not.
is.
J. can also be added as a suffix to nouns or proper names as a mark of respect,

"Gandhijii," or
(/.A
if >*
"Baapuujii, father," or J-t"l "Maataajii, mother."
1.4
Asking Questions
There are several ways of asking questions
1.
e.g., {j.
in
Urdu:
With a questioning intonation:
Are you American?

With this option no interrogative word
rise in
tone
used and the questioning intonation consists of a
when pronouncing the complement.
"American"; hence the intonation will
2.
is
With the interrogative
word U
In this
rise slightly
example the complement
when
is
the
slight
noun
the speaker pronounces this word.
at the beginning of the question:
Are you American?

This
is
ifcan
the simplest
way of turning
a statement into a question.
Most questions that begin with
be answered with either "yes" or "no"; hence this type of question
yes-Or-no question.
3.
With the interrogative
word if at
the
end of
11
the statement:
is
commonly called a
You are American, aren't you?

There
is
an implication
trying to confirm
4.
in this question that the questioner already
knows the answer and
is
it.
With the interrogative word or words immediately before the verb:
What are you?

Note that although the
literal
idiomatic English. Only the
Sometimes
literal
meaning of if is "what," it cannot always be translated
in
U may also have an
into
example no. 4 can be translated into English as "what,"
idiomatic
meaning in Urdu that
is
not readily apparent
in
the
English translation Thus, the sentence in no. 4 above could, depending on the tone and
.
intonation
of voice with which
it
was said, be a rhetorical question "What are you?" or "Who are
you?" implying that "you are nothing." Awareness of such nuances develops gradually through
familiarity with the language and
5.
With the use of
fjy
like
is
its
cultural contexts-
Jif
another intenogativcword.lt
means "where." Like if it usually comes right
before the verb:
Where
1.3 - 1.4
is
he?
Heading and Translation Drill
12
tg
_r
M
Translate into Urdu;
1.
Arc they students?
2.
No, they are professors.
3.
Where am I?
4.
Is
Nargis heautiftil?
13
ULjT J.fL
5.
Yes, she
is
6.
Yes, she
is intelligent, too.
7.
Where
Amit?
is
beautiful.
1.5
Urdu
The word
"at" in the
and
Postpositions
above sentence
is
am
Definite
at
a preposition.
verb
It is
called a preposition because
Urdu does not have prepositions.
instead postpositions. In other words, the equivalent
noun and not precede
Indefinite Articles
Harvard.
before the locative noun, Harvard. Unlike English,
the locative
and
of "in" or
"at" in
locative
noun
is
subject
articles "a," "an,"
and
"the"
because Urdu does not possess distinctive definite and indefinite articles.
Thusy2* can be translated as

of/*
(j) will follow
am in/at college.
Note in the previous examples, the Urdu equivalents of the English
nature
has
am in/at the house.
is
comes
it:
postposition
are missing. This
Urdu
It
it
"a house" or "the house."
by placing the numerical adjective
J* w-X
-(Jjf ifi
for
One way of emphasizing the
one "t-I" before
a house or one house
Cô^Li thiamin a college.
14
it:
indefinite
1.6 Adjectives of Nationality
Many
adjectives of nationality can formed by adding "lj" to the country's name:
ijfo
'$&>&
\2p*SJk
6&i
tJl^H Pakistan
$L>Jk
iS
<itif
iff
1/
kfl
l^/jjy
(J*jJ%
Russia
India
Bangladesh
\*f& China
(^'y' Iran
Two important adjectives do not follow this
pattern:
\^*/\
America
/*'
y/\
England
$Cf*\
Note: (J[y*' in place of
to United
(yll^ Japan
C^V*'
is
also acceptable.
Kingdom. The adjectives
oC&l and
Ûu
0%^
"Britain" can also be used to refer
refer to English as
an
attributive
adjective rather than as an adjective of nationality. Thus:
_*- l)C&l
1.5 - 1.6
i^)r<t
These pants are English
Drill
?^. ji/J- t$f^6
15
,r
_r
Where is New York?
2.
New York is in America.
3.
Is
4.
No, America
5.
Where are you (informal)?
6.
7.
Where
8.
Are Raj and Nargis
9.
Yes, they are in the house.
0.
America beautiful?
am
is
not beautiful. Canada
is beautiful.
in a (one) house.
Where
is
is
Lisa? She
Harlem?
is at
the university.
in the
Is
house?
Harlem
in
New York?
16
1.7
In this section,
we
Introduction to Possessive Adjectives
wilJ introduce only three possessive adjectives.
A more detailed discussion
and the grammatical construction of these adjectives will be included
adjectives in
Urdu, as
in
English,
later.
Possessive
come before the nouns they modify.
Verb
Complement
Noun
Possessive Adjective
=-
&
r*
My name is Ali.
The three possessive adjectives introduced
in this section are:
My= <X
Your (formal)
= I^T/Y^T
His/her (formal) or their=
wl / If /'
1.7
17
Drill
name
is
2.
Her name
is
3.
Their house
4.
Are they Pakistani? No, they are definitely not Pakistani.
5.
What
6.
They
7.
Your house
8.
It's
9.
Where
10.
She too
His
is
Amit.
He is American.
Devi. She
Indian.
in Pakistan.
is
their
is
work?
are all students.
is
They
are Iranian.
beautiful.
your house.
is
Dacca? Dacca is in Bangladesh.
is
Sikh.
She
is
a professor
at
Panjab (t
19
&) University.
1.8
Pronunciation Drill; Short and Long Vowels
Column
Colt imn 2
*SJ*
^^^*
C*g
^jj>
*<,J
isy
**
r*
r^
Vf
kr
CfJ
(1
y-
c>
c>
IV
IV
iSs
r>
gt
e?
Ju-
ijij
eb
tfr
1*
Jl
,/JJ*
y
*A
c/u
cA
*s*0
IS-
Ijj
cû
&*
f-
ju*
-^
.ft
^f>
>
r*
vertical line above the letter "ye" is
occurs occasionally in certain
functions simply as a carrier
a sign
words of Arabic
and
is
(J
The
for a special letter, "alifmaqsura, "
origin.
not pronounced.
It
is
pronounced as "aa.
Hence the
"
The
last syllable in this
which
"ye"
word would be
pronounced
"saa. "
Other examples
"fatwaa, "= legal opinion based on
are: lj~-
Q)l "adnaa," = \ov/\y; ($P
Muslim jurisprudence.
1.9
?^
"iisaa,"= Christ;
^(Conversation)
Ul4/
f t V T _^
J
,/)
ft
i^
:i/0
'
Cambridge
20
**SomerviJIe
** Kirkland Street
Amit:
how are you?
Hello, Sheila,
Sheila; Fine, thanks.
Are you Indian?
Amit:
No.
am American.
Sheila:
No.
am Japanese. My house is in Tokyo.
Amit:
Tokyo! Tokyo is very
Sheila:
My house is on Hito Street.
Amit;
What is your job
Sheila: I
in
am a student at Harvard.
beautiful.
Are you American?
Where is your house
in
Tokyo?
Tokyo?
am a professor in Tokyo.
am
at
Tokyo University.
Amit:
Good! We'll meet again. Goodbye.
Sheila:
Goodbye.
1.11
Song
-ft
l* \X
,jr*
Jt-* tJ
tjlossary for
V%
= to cheat,
to deceive
J i*s= to everyone,
to
all
fiy= greetings
21
Song
.fjsf
1.12 Vocabulary
Note: The gender ofnouns
is
indicated in parentheses:
-masculine; f- feminine
J^
again, then
_^
all
also, too
\J*
~y*'
America (m)
American
lily*'
U^>'J^
Bangladesh (m)
jj / ^jr^s
beautiful
J&4
Britain
*%
China (m)
Chinese
jt^f
Christian
condition, slate
jt.
(m)
ju$
Dacca (m)
disposition, health
6*
(m)
***} V-A
how are you? (formal)

(lit.
t/*j*\
your noble
disposition?)
doctor (m/0
a&
England (m)
22
zsi
English (nationality)
English (adj)
Mi
iSz/t
English (the language)
\SzA
famous
J&*
fine
J?
gentleman,
sir,
l^t?
mister
give permission to leave (got to
<,û
run)
good;
\k
all right; o.k.
goodbye
(lit.
God be your
*|p Ijp
protector)
greetings/hcllo/hi
to a
Muslim
<\^Ji\
Q*iV
(reply in
f^W
<\J
pi)
r*
parentheses)
he/she
b)
K/l/Yc/l
his/her (formal)
)'j&
Hindu
^tC**^
house (m)
human
being (m)
l^L-*!
J.
my; mine
Ljf
i*
in
23
r*lfr*
\&jUtf hI&sjOj
India (m)
dkr-s'x*
Indian
intelligent, clever
(m)
e/'<<
Iranian
dyi
Japan (m)
c#
Iran
Japanese
\S*&
Jew
eftp,^
Muslim
name (m)
fc
auspicious
rt
name (m)
(formal Hindi)
noble
^./0
name (m)
(formal Urdu)
ji
no, not
>,J
noble, honorable
office
(m)
on
Pakistan (m)
e*Nj
Pakistani
jt-4
Russia (m)
J>S
Russian
if,;
24
&
see
&A
you soon (lit. we will meet
again)
Sikh
student (m/f)
thanks (m)
thanks
(lit.
kindness)
(f)
MJ
ift/lfcf
their
university (f)
very;
*4:
many
we
what; also interrogative particle
where
work/job (m)
you
least formal
informal
formal
your (formal)
25
Chapter 2
2.1
*/
and
Demonstrative Pronouns and Adjectives
M function as both demonstrative pronouns and adjectives. As demonstrative pronouns
they signify, respectively, "this/these" or "that/those," their meaning depending on context. In
this chapter,
they are used only in their singular form. Examples:
-<zJs m
This
is
That
is
This
is
a house.
That
is
a shoe. -eZ-fc
a boy.
girl.
~<_(j./
,-
As demonstrative
adjectives,
"this/these" or "that/those."
and
modify both singular and
They are placed
directly before the
plural
nouns and also mean
noun they modify.
In this chapter,
they will be used only with singular nouns. Examples:
Jvs*
This boy.
That
girl.
~0 J M
~Â
That shoe. JTJ?
This house.
2.2
Urdu numerals are

So 45
in
Urdu
is
Cardinal Numbers 0-10
written from left to right in their
Pd.
In this section
we will
number
begin with the
26
form, just as the English ones are.
first
ten numbers.
4/
i)
Aff
ft
Û
>T
</j
I*
10
2.3
^)?
is
The Interrogative
an interrogative meaning who/which-
encountered so far
I",ike
&f
the other interrogative words that
\}J*U^\ the preferred position of l^)jf
is right
wc have
before the verb.
Who is Raj?
*+.&/&
Who is that boy?
If
c/V
is
the subject of the sentence, then
it
is
placed at the beginning of a sentence.
fee'/
Who is it?
2.4
CL~
in
Urdu can be translated
The
Postposition G-~
as "from" or "since."
27
When
appearing with an interrogative word,
^- appears after
qualifies.
is
Like
it.
\JZ.
cl~
is
a postposition
An interrogative that frequently
and occurs after the noun or interrogative
uses the postposition Z~-
is
thus "since when."
Where
Since
He
CL- may also be used
is
he from?
when has she been here?
has been there since
after locatives
(lit.
for)
two years.
such as "here" and "there."

here = (Jlgl
from here = L~ (JljC

there = (j[j
from there
d-Uî
My house is far from here.
His/Their house
is
Note also the following idiomatic usage:
far
from
close to
J3J 1 x
x = wl Jt/
Z8
near [from] here.
w^
or
"when."
it
^- w^
2.1 - 2.4
Reading and Translation Drill
?"
_<_ if t)
29
2.1
Replace the phrases within brackets
in the
2.4 Substitutions
following sentences with the Urdu equivalents of the
English phrases listed below.
-a* {*- ji }jt

from
New
York
from California
from Pakistan
from India
-UW
(<=-
J^rr ){jt jig) jt
from Mumbai,
in India
from Tokyo,
Japan
in
from Montreal,
in
from Chicago, in
for
30
two years
Canada
Illinois
_r
for
one year
for three years
for four years
_^_
(^ Ju i/j XuS^) -0
for nine years
here
for eight years
there
for seven years in
for six years
one office
at Harvard
not very near from there their school
far
from the office your house
near from
New York
her
not far from the university
2.1 - 2.4 Translations
1.
What
2.
This
3.
Where
4.
Ali
5.
Where
6.
He
7.
How long have you been here?
8.
We have been here for ten years
is
is
is
is this?
a horse.
is
It is
my horse.
Ali from?
from France.
in
France
is
he from?
from Paris.
31
work
my job
-r
Boston
Is
10.
No.
1 1.
Who is Sheila? Sheila is a student.
12.
Where
13.
This
14.
Their house
15.
His heart
It is
is
far
from New York?
9.
not very
far.
She
from Japan.
that shoe?
girl is
is
very
is
intelligent.
near
New York.
not here!!
2.1 - 2.4
Answer
is
the following questions in
Questions
complete sentences.
?4_ jiu firs' -Tj/
32
-a
2.5 Pronunciation Drill - Aspirations
Column 2
Column
c/
<
$/
*/
irftf
&J
ttV
J*
c?
\f/
1'/
&?
B*
Jte
V&
llf
t\f
HT
ft
Vr
fl/
0/
tirf
DA
cT
ik
Jlf
c^
Jif
J^
Jl/
JK
ty
Jy*J
J>J
f>
r*
c#
fly
r"
/
/
2.6
M
A
4^^
-t
(Conversation)
33
4
4
^.o^jt ,\ J^y.
-f- **/*>
Ttff
/% U^ {/
-U-*
- ^/jf 4>l
-L/j* <=-
__ i/Oiiy /#**
Jlr J"T
wt
jb
&g& _ jT _j<
:J}
:î
'V.
j/
!li
:l/0
:î
^,y
y
~c~ jjy
^. w
yy
2.7
who
Rob:
Hello,
Stranger:
Hello, hello.
are
you?
My name is Jay. am a tourist officer here.

I
Are you from
America?
am from
Rob:
What?! No.
Stranger:
Yes, yes. Canada
is
Canada. Canada
very famous.
is
close to America.
What do you do
[lit.
what
is
your work]
in
Canada? Are you a doctor? Are you a computer software engineer?

Rob:
No,
Stranger:
Rob;
am a professor. How
have been a
long have you been a tourist officer?
tourist officer for
nine years.
have been
in
Delhi for ten years.
low long have you been in Canada?
have been
in
Canada
for
seven years.
34
Is
Jaipur far from here?
Stranger:
Jaipur? Yes, yes. Sir, what
Oh no!
Rob:
Are you
Rajasthan.
You
really
(U
'9
is
Jaipur?
) a tourist officer? Jaipur
are not a tourist officer!
You
is
very famous.
are a vagabond!
Ft is
in
Where are the
police?
am a
Stranger:
Yes,
Rob:
Goodbye!
vagabond. Goodbye,
sir!
(Rob runs from the stranger)

2.S Songs
(Jjf
w % erf
on
Jlu
ifjw
Jt>j^
Glossary
\JiJ^
revolving, turning, wandering
CjlrT= sky, heaven (m)
(0
for
= on (a
if*
A=
'yfc*=star(m)
35
'
\j (r
J; t/
<c_
ternale ^0rrn <*-)
yet, still
+ tM
J/ Ju .
Songs
4r
tjj
2.9
Vocabulary
boy (m)
rs
eight
far
jsi
five
ii
four
from
e<=^ ij
from where
&
girl(f)
hat(f)
6J
head (m)
heart
&
(m)
uk
here
is/
horse (m)
near
y
one
pants, trousers (f)
president (m/f)
JJ^
red
Jl)
seven
shoe(m)
fc"
36
*/
since when
Six
sky(m)
cA-i
star(m)
ue
ten
j/j
that,
those
there
i^j
thing (f)
this,
these
g*
rf
three
vagabond, wanderer
jjijf
(rn)
when
ei/
who
tfj!/J\>>
year(m)
tf
yet, still
/f
zero
37
Cbapler3
3.1
All nouns
in
Noons: Gender and Plural
Urdu are either masculine or feminine. Within the category of each gender there are
two more categories: marked masculine nouns

"boy") and unmarked masculine nouns
"house");
in
the letter "alif
those ending in with any other sound
marked feminine nouns - those ending in "ckoTH ye" {J
unmarked feminine nouns
- those
ending with any other sound
remember that most nouns
guideline you should
with
those ending
O are feminine.
that
end with
There are important exceptions to these
0* ) (yogurt) are masculine whereas
**% (air,
wind) and
Ui
- (
'
( e.g.
e.g.
jL
O*
(e.g.
V/
(c.g.y*
\j/J "girl") and the
"thing").
are masculine
rules:
As
a rough
and those that end
(water),
C?^
(brother),
(world) are feminine.
Common Marked Masculine Nouns

boy
shoe
dog
r
*r
banana
The word
words
letter
is
final
long "aa" vowel that
indicated in
is
normally indicated by the
some words by the
are usually considered as
letter
"choTii he"
fl.
letter
vOf
38
at the
end of
Therefore, nouns ending in this
marked masculine nouns. For example:
rent
"alif
wonder, wink, charm
Note:
The noun
"choTii he"
it is
precious Stone
^Z
song, melody
*?
Jf
(place)
is
one of the few exceptions
to this rule.
Even though
it
ends
in
a feminine noun.
Forming Plurals of Marked Masculine Nouns
To form
the plural of marked masculine nouns the final "alif
Nouns that end

in the
word
replaced
is
changed to "e"
boys
-s
shoes
fc
Sl-
bananas
4r"
final position,
he" in the singular
may
also
may retain
be pronounced as
this letter in the plural since this letter,
V" Alternatively, the "choTU he" may be
by a "baRii ye"
rents
f~f*
C--s,
wonders, winks, charms
f
S,
precious stones
^-~
songs, melodies
39
"baRii ye"
dogs
in "choTii
i.e.
fit
Common Unmarked Masculine Nouns

office
house
house, buildings
name
year
Forming Plurals of Unmarked Masculine Nouns

Unmarked masculine nouns
their singular counterparts:
in the plural are written
i.e.,
they
and pronounced in the same manner as
in
show no change. For example:
Singular
Plural
office
offices
t>
house
houses
name
ft
names
Common Marked Feminine Nouns

girl
bread
hat
sari
Forming Plurals of Marked Feminine Nouns

Marked feminine nouns,
{J*
at
that
is
those that end
in
"choTii ye," form their plurals by the addition of
the end of the singular noun:
40
girls
breads
hats
U\f&/d dis-
saris
common Unmarked Feminine Nouns
thing
night
world
table
Forming Plurals of Unmarked Feminine Nouns

Unmarked Feminine Plurals are formed with the addition of (_
to the singular
things
iZ3
nights
(J- (/
worlds
di \? J
tables
\XX
noun:
Summary of endings ofsingular and plural nouns

Type of noun
Marked masculine
Unmarked masculine
Marked feminine
Unmarked feminine
Ending
"aa"
in
'
singular
or
Ending in
,r
any except "aa"
e" <i_
no change
M
"ii"
any except
41
iaan'
{j
"ii"
plural
"eh"
(Jl
Jm
3.1 Translation
Urdu and provide their Urdu plurals and gender:
Translate the following words into
1.
house
7.
boy
13.
hat
19.
night
2.
human
8.
girl
14.
dog
20.
orange
3.
actor
9.
horse
15,
apple
21.
room
4.
office
10.
shoe
16.
bread
22.
photograph
5.
student
11.
thing
17.
carpet
23.
store/shop
6.
work
12.
year
18.
banana
24.
table
3.2 Attributive
The attributive adjective in Urdu, as
and Predicate Adjectives
in English,
comes immediately before the noun
noun
adjective. In
after the
good boy
follows the noun or pronoun
it
modifies
Urdu, a predicate adjective occurs in a sentence whose main verb
noun/pronoun
it
modifies.
attributive adjective
On the other hand, when the adjective
it
modifies but before the verb.
predicative adjective
noun
Attributive
42
it is
is
a predicate
t.K
It
comes
That
is
a good boy.
Predicative
That boy
He
is
is
good/fine.
-<Jif 1*1
3.3
am
good.
ji
good/fine.
Marked and Unmarked
Adjectives
Urdu has two kinds of adjectives: the marked adjective and the unmarked adjective.
Marked adjectives
Marked adjectives agree in number and gender with the nouns they modify.
masculine singular noun, they end in "alif f
plural
noun; and
in
"choTii ye" lj
in
"baRii ye" *1~
Good office
f>
14'
Masculine plural:
Good boys
Good offices
H^'j
f*
<j
Feminine singular:
Good girl
when modifying a
masculine
when modifying a feminine singular or plural noun.
Masculine singular:
Good boy
When modifying a
(?(jH
43
Good
% Q*l
things
Feminine plural:
Good
girls
\j\f$ (f*\
Good things
The marked
kJ
m
% Jî
predicate adjective, like
with the noun/pronoun that precedes
This boy
is
its
attributive counterpart, agrees in
it.
good
girl is
By
-ijt <fD ^L--/
-L- \#J
These boys are good

This
number and gender
-^(T' J *
good
These girls are good
-{Jt [)*\
Unmarked
Unmarked adjectives are those that do
not
end
in
\Jf\J
J^
Adjectives
one of the marked endings: "alif
',
"baRiiye"
^-, or "choTiiye" {j. Regardless of the gender or the number of the noun they modify, they do
not change their form.
Masculine singular:
&jf^?
Handsome boy
vs
Clever shopkeeper
tib&QJ
j\s*yt
w^ J
Red apple
if
Masculine plural:
Handsome boys
Clever shopkeepers
Red apples
~S C^jrÂ
J~b
(J&S
As''ft
w^
44
ijv
Feminine singular:
\$$ CsJr*!?
Beautiful girl
AP&
\$Jg
Clever wife
wlXJj
Red book
Feminine plural'.
Beautiful girls
QVs
CZsJ^f
jt-5*
Clever wives
>Jf-#
jffi JiJ
Red books
3.4 Cardinal
Numbers 11-20
t
J\f
II
ir
Note:
the
The spellings of numbers from 11-18 end
same way as they would have been
if
in
"choTii he"
they ended in "alif
number and gender of nouns they modify as they function
45
as
'.
o.
>M
ir
**
ir
u-*
16
J^
wfa&
IA
U&\
to
ut
t*
These numbers are pronounced
They do
unmarked
not inflect to agree with
adjectives.
Ordinal numbers 1-10

Ordinal numbers usually act as marked adjectives and decline in number and gender according to
the
noun they modify.

Masculine singular
Masculine plural
Number
Feminine
singular and plural
&
\f
<-/
!$/
second
tA
third
fourth
\A
04
.%
ift
ui4\
u4k
u4k
t*
seventh
dj'\
eighth
uu
&
oj
ninth
O^y)
\jjf)
Us>
tcntli
From number
\J^3
<
sixth
u^
ijt/1
<
fifth
i&V
jjr
u$\s
\J^5
first
7 onward you can see a pattern of attaching the suffixes (?vaah" "ven" "vim*')
(Jb
remains (rue with
to the
all
number
in order to get
numbers higher than seven.
its
ordinal form.
When
With a few exceptions,
these suffices are added to the
this
numbers
11-18 which end in a "ckoTiihe" one has the choice of retaining or dropping the "choTii he." For
example:
eleven
tj\J
eleventh
0^ J %
46
<*
U^^
3.1-3.4
Drill
10
tt
-e J> i&
tf
^ *_*
_<j?
u^
-$.
fcf w
4/
-t- J*I &>J Jf'
-f-
fcf.
lK <3"
.JU Jg
g-
-r
rf
t)f
J*
_l^ .JU cg * -wt> *(^ J
-^ .JU.
cî
^J Us
_<_ l c<< j>>
?*.
(ft
f\f
-
if-
j>
-0
\/
\/ '\f
*-&&&
/
t
^
47
-ul
UX
--
-^
ijfi
(fi *
*/*%
AA*
J*
_^
3.1-3.4 Substitutions
Substitute the adjectives and/or
nouns
in brackets
with the
Urdu equivalents of the English
words indicated below:
-^
(i) aye J*
handsome
intelligent
tall
famous
good
48
-I
intelligent
tall
young (small)
good
yellow
expensive
cheap
-^ (Jtl) &g
-f
.^ (t0 do
(Hf )
-i
second boy
He
third doctor
Alt
fourth student
yellow
good
expensive
cheap
black
round
expensive
bcautifiit
49
sixth student Michelle
-^XfoUXu
inside
above
fifth
small
round
3.5 Pronunciation Drill: Perso-Arabic
Column
Column 2
Sounds
Column
'/"
lijltf
&$
i/
*y?
f\
Ml
û
&
dM
J*
J7
*-/
\}frt
bJ-
r^
tjJri
JG
ji;
of*
'J*
Jfy
k>?(
c^C
uif
50
,'
rawSSvmt
-Z
3.6
-t# i o,<
Jr^
(Conversation)
-<p-
u?
(S'/tf
-t|
-Sar ?J
J< v
^<4
_<-.
?l
-i$
//
ij7
-c/fc
-Mi
J.
cv
4- c
\J$
^ ^^
:t/y
HAi
oifo
:DU
%#-
!c^ *JU e/&
Tourist:
This store
Guide:
Yes, but
Tourist:
Is it
is
very good.
(J1 ) this
is
an expensive
clean?
Guide:
Yes,
Tourist:
What
it
is
clean and very big.
are those big yellow things?
51
store.
The
fifth store
efljj
u&j
:llls
^ ^ C>^ _^ [fe^
^ 4/yf jt q?J
-''-iy*
over there
is
cheap.
Guide:
These
Tourist;
Are the oranges expensive?
Guide:
No, they are very cheap. The apples are also cheap. This bread
arc delicious oranges
and those
are delicious red apples.
is
also
delicious.
Tourist:
Who is that beautiful girl
Guide:
That
Tourist:
Is
Guide:
No, she
Tourist:
Maharashtra
is
Dixit.
She
the picture?
is
an
actress.
She
is
very famous.
she Punjabi?
many
Guide:
Madhuri
in
Yes.
is
from Maharashtra.
is
in India.
beautiful actresses
The
Mumbai and Bollywood are
in
Maharashtra. There are
and handsome actors in Bollywood.
actor in that picture over there is
Shahrukh Khan.
He too
is
very
famous.
3.8 Songs
(r
55
Glossary for Sgn^s-
JA
round, circular; a circle (m)
<-*- dear one
cover; case; sheath (m)
Jih
holJow
ft*
A.)-
see (informal imperative)
3.9
Vocabulary
above
absolutely, completely
Mm
actor
&*
actress
apple (m)
banana (m)
big
BK
black
wr
blue
book(0
UsC
bread (0
6iJ
carpet (f)
ocV
cheap; inexpensive
b~-
wJU
clean
cow(f)
Mr
delicious
dog (m)
53
'^
eighteen
eighth
lV?
eleven
**
expensive
*$
fifteen
u*4\
fifth
first
fourteen
fourth
y%
fruit
Ji
(m)
J^
hospital (m)
JJS)
inside
6fi
job/work (m)
mad,
ecstatic;
JO
crazy
,/w
Maharashtra (m)
*,tj
night (0
U%>
nineteen
jrj
ninth
wfyr
orange (m)
picture/pholograph (0
room (m)
M*
JZ
round, circular; a circle (m)
54
\f$J
second; another
off
seventeen
{J$ ^
seventh
[^&*/fcJ S5
shop/store
shopkeeper/store owner
tflj
&fo)tllh&tfj
sixteen
sixth
small
table (f)
tall
tea(f)
<UU
tenth
J'^
third
Ij4
thirteen
0y
twelve
twenty
u%
white
-j^
wife(f)
t&gf
world
Ui
(f)
yellow
Jr
55
Chapter 4
4.1 Possessive Adjectives
The
postposition
in
(and
its
forms
Urdu functions roughly
follows
a noun
noun/pronoun
or
is
like
a pronoun.
Z ) arc used
and
"of or "apostrophe
When
it
lo
s, 's"
follows a noun or
form possessive adjectives
in English.
a pronoun,
in
Urdu.
Like a postposition,
the tf and
its
it
preceding
transformed into a possessive adjective or an adjectival phrase:
vr
[nolin] [possessive postposition]
[pronoun]
(your house)
In the
above sentence
Dw
'
is
a possessive adjective. In Urdu, possessive adjectives are marked
adjectives that reflect the gender and
number of the
item(s) possessed.
The gender and number
of the possessor has no impact upon the possessive adjectives. Possessive adjectives,
attributive counterparts, precede the
nouns they modify. Thus,
masculine singular* the relevant noun/pronoun
In the
is
the possessed object
followed by the possessive particle
Your shoe
IT JZ
All's shoe
tf
if
Radha'sshoe
t*J?
is
If:
'
t Mj
above examples, because tTi^ the possessed object
the masculine singular form of the possessive particle
56
if
like their
is
(?.
masculine singular,
if the
it is
possessed object
preceded by
is
masculine
plural, then
If the
it
is
preceded by the masculine plural form of the possessive particle
possessed object
Your shoes
Ali's shoes
L- -
Radha's shoes
Z~-
is feminine
^L-
u^T
{f
*L- \f>$J
singular or plural, then the possessive particle \j precedes
Your thing
\j
it:
w'
Ali's thing
Radha's thing
Your things
Ali's things
Radha's things
When
forms.
(3
*~
*w follow pronouns, they have special forms. Below
Only the pronoun
*-*
'
does not change
its
is
form with the possessive
list
of these special
particle.
J.
lA
J-
if
>
57
1/1/
a?
Swi
Cm
i\a
id
+
*
(singular) 03
(singular) 09
(singular) 03
(plural) 03
t.
53
(plural)
(plural) 09
(singular)-/
(singular)v
(singular)
(plural)^
(plural)^
(plural)^
f
f
f
4.1
Replace the words
in
brackets with the
Substitutions
Urdu equivalents of the English
listed
below:
his
her
our
your (formal)
their
my
your (informal)
its
his
her
-^ i* && (fi/f)
my
our
your (least formal)
their
her
my
Jr
his
Ravi's
Stephanie and Lisa's
your
-ui otft Ufa? 0$ ut

Amitabh Bacchan's
Madhuri
Dixit's
our
their
her
4.1
GO
Drill
-*
d&t if *
-if
-^
&Af
-r
*4tf
Fill in
B Ufcfc LfV
the blanks wilh appropriate possessive adjectives and then translate into English.
-<~
<my)
~c|
(our)
(his)
<z~
U^s"
&J&? Oft US
ttt
-^
citlf
~l jJtÂ** L/UJ
(their)
-'
-r
~r
-r
(our)
-t4
(her)
lP * c#T
J*
(your, least formal)
(my)
(your,
most formal)
(your, informal)
-^ wpy c^<
*4j* ifi
fi-
C/M * J^
61
U ^7
,,
-,
\J *
dS**"**
-*
-J*
4.2
Note
Many
people in South Asia, as
about their age to be polite or in good
inquiries, students
Asking and Telling Age
in
many Western nations, do
taste.
Although
it is
not consider direct questions
crucial to learn
how
to
make such
should be aware that this kind of question should not be undertaken casually.
Generally speaking, asking the age of young children or people younger than one's self is
considered acceptable. For older persons or people
become a
whom one does not know well this may
sensitive issue.
A sking Age
The sentence pattern used to ask a person's age
is
as follows:
V^_
Possessive adjective
declined to modify a
feminine noun.
The possessive
adjective
is
declined in the feminine form because
the noun for "age"
feminine.
What
What
Alternatively,
is
is
your age?
his/her age?
one may ask age by using a variation of the expression
years." In this case, the
word
JU
is
followed by appropriate form of
the subject. For example:
62
Jv" '- "how many

tJ<Z~<D agreeing with
i
IS
How old are you? [lit. how many years are you?]
How old is he/she? [lit. how many years

Telling
The usual pattern
is
he/she?]
Age
for telling one's age is as follows:
verb agreeing with
(J<^-<0
# of years
subject
subject
agreeing with subject
and
(masculine singular)
Sheila
is
(JL-*
am 20 years old.
10 years old.
We (masculine plural)
are 15 years old.
One may also tell age by using the noun
less
with the appropriate possessive adjective, but this
common.
am 20 years old
_ c. JU-
Sheila
is
[lit.
my age
is
20]
J,/ 6 &
10 years old [lit Sheila's age
is
10]
is
4.3
Ji
rr
U*
rr
l%
rr
J&
r&
J*
ri
o*-&
r^
\j\h
TA
o#\
4.2
4.3
uT
r*
\y
Drill
,^_ % Ju J$\ *"
v^L//Lr v r
-Jjr
if
JU
?<p
t/4 it
l//
(/cTt
~f- 1( Jk i/f &u

?*-
_r
Jls U$4 fy <*/
-Ul - \jy Jj? sfti ij

lf
?+.
// ifwi
\S/& JV
-tf- (J (JU- {/!
64
J*
_tf_
-=_
if Ju-
\j&\ Joe
c^
tTjw- of"
n+.
tf*
j*
13 iTc/f
6 df
$ Ju Jy f ? .\/
older sister twenty-one years old?
1.
Is his
2.
My sister and 1 are twenty-five years
3.
How old are you?
4.
These are twenty-eight delicious oranges.
5.
Are these thirty red apples?

4.4
Thus far we have learned that nouns
adjectives
Order
old.
in
a Noun Phrase
may be preceded by various elements
\ofaU 'Ou-''^), attributive adjectives KJ^ftt
and numbers.
They may sometimes be preceded by
interrogatives that frequently
(how much,
interrogatives as well.
or sort of, how). (Note:
"aa" ending, as in the case of marked adjectives,
depending on the gender and number of the noun that follows.)
or
demonstratives
\m
*v*
Wj
may change to
When
more of these elements, the following order should be observed:
65
U:
<),
Examples of some
precede a noun incLude i*)j (who, which), t-'V (which one),
how many), and Ur (what kind
interrogatives; the
( \fi)X
including possessive
noun
is
fc*{
are marked
"i"/"
or "e"
preceded by two
Noun
Attributive Adjective
Demonstrative,
Possessive Adjective
Interrogative,
Number
Examples:
That clever son of mine
-o jj
Nargis'
(Note:
JJ> is used here as
(lit
tj-
my that clever son) is here.
Jyf
6v
>>
two younger sisters are pretty.

a predicate adjective
and hence follows the noun.)
4.4 Translation Drill
Translate the following sentences into idiomatic Urdu:
1.
Which
beautiful daughter
of his
is
an actress? (use if *
from
2.
Nilufer's second blue carpet
3.
Those two big black dogs of yours are no good!
4.
These seven-year-old yellow photographs, on the
5 All
6.
is
for
which)
Iran.
table, are
mine.
of Reshma's elder sisters are very tall.
How many of Raj 's crazy friends are in America?

4.5 Pronunciation Drills - Nasals
Column
Column 4
Column 3
Column 2
e*
Jj
UM
J>
(JfS
Jj
U\>
J*.
&
Jf
J\
S6
tt
zA
uk
Jb
J&
J}
(J*
Jt>i
fa
J?
lA-
Jffr
Ur
Jk
Jtf
jaf
Jtt
OH
0%
Perso-Arabic Sounds
Column 3
*&
&
Jbm
Column 2
U
Column
m
P
&9
J*
<*>
**M
J$l
jjs
Ot)
J9
J
tff
&h
dbr
r*i
/i?
c/yir
*#
^k?
<M>
f&
<*
A-
IM
^-v
/*
3'
jjfi*
4.6
-d
f,
<=-
J^
3r^
(Conversation)
".^
JU \f-& ifj
l/l
ok i# Jx
jf ybf
-'
Jk
^x
6 JU i/i /^ -f- IfJU" lA V <f- ^ Jt" 0?4 j
:&)./
c/;
:i/0
'
if
JU
I/***)
.J/* (/ !o*
U^
if
JU Uf
L*
-t^ -C^
_;<
<j*
U&
i^
if
Off
fff l\f
^ u* -t^
Steve:
Hello. I
Seema;
Sheila
am Steve. am from New York. Where is Sheila?
is
not at home.
am her sister Seema and this
Who is he?
68
is
our
little
brother Babu.
-j/
my friend Amar.
This
Amar. Dimple
very beautiful*
his cat Dimple.
Steve:
This
Secma:
Hello,
Amar:
She
Babu:
Seema:
Where
Steve:
She
Seema:
Amar,
Amar:
No, no, I am from Bangladesh.
Babu:
Is
Amar:
Bangladesh
Babu:
My sisters and I are from India.
Steve:
Well! We've got to run. We'll meet again. Goodbye!
Seema:
Yes,
Babu:
Goodbye,
is
is five
also
is
is
years old and she
is
How old is she?
veiy smart.
is
am five years old and I am very smart!

is
Dimple from? She
from Afghanistan. She
are
not an Indian cat!
is
is
an Afghani
cat!
you from Afghanistan?
Bangladesh far from India?
we will
is
very close to India.
It is
a very beautiful country.
There are no good cats in India,
meet again. Goodbye!
little
Dimple!
4.8
Songs
$~ &fl$j
d ii
#*\$X
dd
jt* 6y
dd
f-f-
d/ ( * if &&4$
69
\$y** if*
ft
!,>*
ty*
!,/*
Uf
<#
if'
1)3 if-
<J*> O"
<u.jZ
^'f
Glossary for Songs
CP
\
\J
= existence (0
\y
~ eye (m)
m
â)j
lJ5
.J*^
heartbeat
(0
= flame, spark
(m)
= kohl, collyrium (m)
r*
= dew, dew drop
= curl, tress (f)
fjfi
= companion, bosom friend (m/f)
= hem of sari,
veil, or
shawl (m)
4.9
= coquetry,
flirting
Vocabulary
age(f)
$K
brother (m)
but/however
\Jy
1/
car(f)
\$/t
cat(f)
L^
1LI*
country (m)
70
(f)
(m)
danger (m)
./*
daughter (f)
elderly (adj.); elderly person
oîj
friend (m/f)
ghazal (love poem)
&/
(f)
$*(
how much, how many?
4n
d
life (f)
moment (m)
more, additional
j,<
(adj.)
old (thing)
jj
f
only
pen (m/f)
&
poet (m)
sister (f)
i^fi*
sometimes
story
aw
(f)
L*
thirty
this
much
Pi
twenty-one
twenty-three
iA
u*
twenty-four
utf,
twenty-two
71
twenty-five
u%
twenty-six
J*
twenty-seven
ij&
twenty-eight
j*\}\
twenty-nine
uf)
what sort of, what kind of,
young
(adj.),
how
youth (m/f)
youth, youthfulness
*?W
dif.
jj>
(f)
72
Chapters
5.1
Verb Infinitives
All verb infinitives in
Urdu end
in
t.
For example:
to read/study
to
to
go
fc*^
tlf
LV
do
Urdu Verbal Stems

In order to derive the
dropped.
stem (sometimes also called the root) from the
The stem of fc*-
is
thus ./
that for
tv
is
U, and
infinitive,
that for
%J
is
the ending t
is

To conjugate verbs that
indicate actions that occur in the present or are habitual or frequent, the
suffixes
suffix is
determined by the number and gender of the subject of the sentence. Thus
<<i
are added to the verbal stem to create the present participle.
verbal stem if the subject
suffix for the
for
*tr,
both feminine singular
tense
and
is
masculine singular,
plural subjects.
To complete
if it is
The choice of
masculine
t*
is
the
and
plural,
the tense the appropriate present
of the tfi verb also needs to be added. For example, the stem of the Urdu verb "to read or
study"
&5
is
In order to say "he
(since the subject is
is
reading or studying"
we add
the suffix
masculine singular) to get &** which grammatically
73
is
F to the verb
stem
the masculine
present participle.
subject "he."
The
To this
result
The present habitual
is
is
added
the present tense of the verb

- C>> M
the sentence
which means "He
tense does not denote that the subject
or process (e.g. he/she is reading). For this situation there
continuous, which will be introduced
CO-njUgational
forms of the verb
in
&
Chapter
in
7.
tyt corresponding to the
is
currently
reads/studies." Note:
engaged
in a particular act
a separate tense, the present
is
The following table
illustrates the
the present habitual:
Verbal Infinitive: b*!?
Stem;
Urdu Feminine
^>v
English
Urdu Masculine
Singular
-jjM (jT> jt
-- (jT> ?
-i*
J*> r
-1$ 3%
1?%
-t$ $*%
-yt (jl
-l <?" ^'
-t U W
You (least formal)

You
,u>f t>>
study.
study.
(informal) study.
You
(formal) study.
He/she
(informal) study.
You (formal)
They
_ô>y
-**tl ?
-ttf
2t> w-T
studies.
We study.
You
iji
^>
-jf&fcr*
study.
study.
Note: In Urdu, the verb t(f, "to go" does not need a postposition "to."
7-4
~Ul
-c| 2E-2 H
We go to college.
Do you go to
5.2
In
The Present Habitual Negative
negative sentences, the negative particle
habitual verb
the movies?
and the auxiliary (the form of
ij$
is
placed right before the conjugated present
%&
is
dropped unless the tone
J>% d$
I
For
still
emphatic:
J"-
don't study.
don't study (emphatic).
more emphasis, the negative particle may also be placed after the verb.
In
is
case the subject
is
do not study at
all.
feminine plural, and the negative particle
feminine present participle
is
nasalized:
_(T*
J?
She does not study.
do not study.
-cA J
They (feminine) do not study.
-lA \J f
75
U%
precedes the verb, then the
"We (feminine) do not study.
The feminine
follows
Here
is
it,
plural present participle loses this nasalization
e.g.,
list
-\J? tT>
when
the negative particle
of common Urdu verbs that you should memorize:
to eat
L'Lp'
to drink
tqJ
to stay or to live
to
go
to
come
to
do
to
work
tf
iff*
to write
to sing
to
dance
fefc
r
to play
to
understand
to give
fe-
to bring
CiJ
to take
to see
fc*
76
-5
iJJ
5.1-5.2
Conjugation Drill
Conjugate the following verbs in the present habitual tense (assume that the subject
is
masculine):
<
(singular)
(plural)
M
I
Conjugate the following verbs in the present habitual tense (assume that the subject
is
feminine).
(singular)
(plural) o?
77
Conjugate the following verbs
in the negative present habitual tense
(assume that the subject
is
feminine).
*t
cj/
(singular) 09
(plural) oi
f
5.1-5.2
Drill
_^
-U?
-^
78
Cf v
c#
t-uT
21.
u&
ry
w//m
fj*
J*
J"
-cJTe^
uk
u* -*- *J*
_i^
2-(f 0\>
\M *
v s
hh
-0* t/fi Ut?>Ut
.^
Z_/^
-1
fdxJLftf
M*^ fctf t* ^ r V
.^ t$t uw
c"^
yj
&
(A
Ji
79
5.3
~< ti/
-ig
Uf ** u[> f
wT A/
Times of the Day, Days of the Week, and Other Time Phrases
Times ofthe Day
morning (f)
afternoon
(f)
evening (f)
night
(f)
day, daytime (m)
Days ofthe Week

Sunday (m)
Monday (m)
Tuesday (m)
&X
Wednesday (m)
*sJ/*
Thursday (f)
Friday (m)
S aturday (m)
Z*q
Other Expressions of Time
/ T
today (m)
j
j
tomorrow (m)
yesterday (m)
day after tomorrow (m)
day before yesterday (m)
Uf~i
every
every day (m)
<i)i
fig A
every year (m)
OÂ
sometimes
if
nowadays
b'
The
Particle
S has many uses
say here that certain
marked by j
in
/with Temporal Words and Phrases
Urdu.
We will discuss these uses in great detail later. Suffice to
time expressions are marked by (or followed by) /
with the exception of
also
every month (m)
5.4
particle
J> J
&A
every week (m)
The
''
(morning), are marked by
after these expressions
may be
81
Similarly
all
All times of the day,
the days of the
week
are
variously translated as "on," "in," or
However, none of the other expressions of time introduced above (such as
"during."
JU-
*\J<&
use /.
go
He
to
school in the day and work in the evening.
plays golf in the
morning but
studies at night,
tA u^ dh fj&t u\f2
The
girls
do not go to school on Sunday.
am very busy these
days.
My family goes to Pakistan every year.

Note: The short "a" vowel at the end of the words for Friday and Saturday,
changes
of nouns
to "e"
in
when marked by s For

.
explanation, refer to the discussion
and
&%,
on the oblique case
Chapter 6,
5.5
Review of Urdu Sentence Structure
The normal word order in an Urdu sentence
is:
Verb
Locative Phrase
Temporal Phrase
Subject
Any change
sentence
^Z
is
in this
order usually implies that the element placed out of normal sequence
meant to be emphasized:
82
in
the
The temporal phrase JiJ
the
f
t
"every day,"
is
emphasised in
this
sentence by being positioned at
beginning of the sentence before the subject.
5.3 - 5.5 Substitution
Substitute the phrases in brackets with the
and Response
Drill
Urdu equivalents of the English words
indicated
below:
on Monday
on Saturday
in
the
morning
in the evening
every night
on Friday
on Thursday
every year
hUU*
0> (&
JL
on Tuesday
every week
on Wednesday
in the
83
afternoon
jr
on Thursday
every month
tomorrow
today
Fill in
in
the evening
the blanks with the appropriate form of the present habitual tense:
7> fo A U^
(go)
(j
(studies)
/(&
(come)
Jl/3
(dance)
J"
(J?
J*
Jk ^X
-d
)sj jl
Jl
\JX>
1
oj
/f
jjyl
Jjl
<L
t^/y/H (j^
(understand)
(read and write)
-J
Jfaf Bl/'
jS
(live)
>\a
C^< <J>^
(work)
<\g
S)J
\JL ~.{JS
Jl*
kf J}
(jl
-~
-A
(play)
fjt
\$SJ -(studies)
Jy
jrf
(come)
jf
f*tA/&
(give)
u?
&fr
mffil
J* j JU
iJ
\$9J
jft\
<
84
tfcv
(is)
.(is)
-1
Cj>
Jl
\J0
- lr
U$l Ojj<
(sing)
f-
jst
\$*J
fe/
jr
*Z^M
ly
*&$fi*1 \Jy
&
SJji
hÛ
(ji
hj
\J* Ujft
J$
J* -(understand)
(live)
f jQ\ji
Kf
$Jj\
\Jt
&/
$$\
JU"
-(are)
-(go)
-(sing and dance)
-(eat)
{J^ J
99 -(don'tread)
</*> * J&>*
-(do work)
fyfufffriy IT
\mSr
fyj
(drink)
J*\
Answer the following questions both orally and in writing:
?<c-
V *-V
5.6
In this section
1.
we will
_*f
_r
~r V
-*
Ul/ *s*"
/**/*
If
The Verb U?lf with Nouns and Verbs
be discussing two uses of the verb t? U, to want, to desire.
Cft with a noun:

The noun becomes the object of Cflf , that
verb
is
the object which
inanimate object of verb
85
is
desired:
subject
want
2.
fruit.
Cfl> with a verbal infinitive:
The verbal
infinitive in this construction
a* ty
verb
that in
unchanged.
<-*
verbal infinitive
Note
becomes the object of Cf If
want
to eat.
such a construction only the verb Cf If
To form the negative,
subject
the particle iJ*T
is
conjugated.
may be
The
verbal infinitive remains
inserted before the verbal infinitive
with the auxiliary of t>? being optionally retained or not for emphasis:
(cjjf)
tl/
U?
jt
verbal infinitive
negative
subject
tkjg
verb
For additional emphasis, the negative
(la*)
g$
verb
may be placed between
the verbal infinitive and verb:
uif
1*1/
jt
negative
verbal infinitive
subject
For even more emphasis, the negative can be moved to the end of the sentence:
negative
verb
5.6 Substitutions
verbal infinitive
subject
and Translations
Replace the phrases within brackets in the following sentences with the Urdu equivalents of the
English phrases listed below.
-a* ty
(r
r ttf)
21
fruits
22 apples
23 houses
24 things
(u
3gjfi
U$M 4*
want
Cp) 4/
they
25 pens
want 26 oranges
you (formal)
wants 27 hats
she
Raj and Nargis
want 28 mangoes
Ujt
2}J*
C*fc
Xr*)
want to sing
want to
want
you
play
(least formal)
you (informal)
to drink
ty
wants to go
do not want
to
go
cinema
want to
87
(fJf>
Rob
(-C0(>
read
newspaper
give
that thing
drink
water
take
30 books
New York
Steve and
stay at
jr
wants to understand
-$,
-'
Steve
Amber
home peop le
-<"
want to
live
in
Bollywood
you (formal)
We want to sing every evening.
2.
My friend and
3.
He wants to come to America;
4.
She wants to understand Chinese not
5.
AH of them
6.
7.
Do you
Rishi
want
food in an Indian restaurant.
to eat Indian
he does not want to
R ussaan.
want to read the newspaper
in the
morning.
want to go to the movies but Sheila wants to stay

(formal) want to
the White House.
want
work
in the
to eat
live in India!
in
the house.
White House? No,
don't
want to work
in
dinner and dance in the White House.
5.7 Pronunciation Drill: Retroflexes
Column
Column 3
Column 2
vV
&
i/
&
us
Hi,
i}/ \jf
ttf
r%
iV
88
j*
Repeat the following sentences to practice rctroflcxive sounds:
kfo
-<$-
\k
tis* s%
~îfi \Si/\$
5.8
<4
\&
jr
^^ (Conversation)
&s fart/V* $-
t\jtf j -AJ *S-
-i
r>j
r jftjtf &*}
jftjtf^)
89
Aft -j_
tu
<*}!*
J?
?c
z~fft ok,
v T V yc %-* *f LUff* (=- &*>)
'-jy*
^ jj$
V-*
-o <y% j-v^. jl
./}
bfAa *Js ti/ji (tot
_u* $Stf i/>
**
-\jx
u&
\je
(Te*^
Have a conversation with your partner about his/her activities

evening, and night.
You should have at
least
in the
morning, afternoon,
6-8 questions for your partner and vice versa. All
answers should be in complete sentences. Your conversations should incorporate as
many of the
following vocabulary words as possible:
Be creative and
feel free to bring in other
vocabulary that
we have encountered
so
far.
5.10 Songs
~2fjf.fr j?~
lJT
^ j/ 4
Glossary for Songs
&f r
>\ =
rites,
customs of love
memory, rememberance
'
tears
(m)
1/1^ = breath
(f)
(f)
)Uj^ = storm (m)
5.11
afternoon
Arabic
Vocabulary
>&->->
(f)
J/
(f)
tu
to bring
J5r**
busy
to
buy
chess
to
(f)
tT
come
ft
to be convinced, to listen, to
obey
91
6a 4
(r
L/5
mad, insane
crazy,
dance
*%
day(m)
Ul
to
day before yesterday; day after
U**<
tomorrow
definitely, sure
J)'/*
difficult
J?
do
1/
to drink
to
61/
to eat
evening
p?
(f)
every
every month (m)
every
-4sJ?
^*7>7
week (m)
**
every year (m)
Ir
<M
eye(f)
fc^f/lfr <>'i-
family (m)
fare, rent
<diA
-&U/J
every day (m>
-1/
(m)
food(m)
Friday (m)
to
give
fej
82
go
to
tu
happy
Jf
hobby/hobbies (m)
0?
hundred
know
&
to
less
to live or to stay
lot,
very
uj
much
"42
(m)^
love
&? /(m)yL-
l/mf Jt/j^
to love
mango (m)
memory, remembrance (0
Monday (m)
morning
/(f)
(f)
newspaper (m)
j\J>\
now
l.1
occasionally,
now and
then
J*
people, folk (m)
place/vacancy
to
(f)
play
Ct
^3J
rupee (Indian/Pakistani
currency) (m)
93
Saturd ay (m);
week (m)
Zfy
*6
to see
to
sing
to study/ to read
fc*./
Sunday (m)
JS\
sweets
(jt^
(f)
to take
J J**
temple (m)
that,
which,
who
(relative
pronoun and conjunction)

these days
Thursday
Jfa
nowadays
+IS*
<f)
today (m)
tf
tomorrow/yesterday (m)
J
J>
Tuesday (m)
to
understand
water (m)
Wednesday (m)
a>j$
when
w3
(relative pronoun)
U%
why?
*
i
wine/alcohol (0
to
*7*
fe/HT
work
94
to write
yogurt drink
t-**V
(f)
(j
95
Chapter 6
6.1 Postpositions
Unlike English, Urdu does not have prepositions. Instead
prepositional counterpart in
it
has postpositions: that
Urdu comes after the noun or pronoun
postpositions consist of only
one word and
it
modifies.
is,
the
Some
are called simple postpositions while others consist
of more than one word, hence they are called compound postpositions.
Common simple postpositions include:

\JH
at, in
on
^--
from, by, with, since
/
until,
Compound
up to
*-**
postpositions are usually
Some important examples
formed with the
include:
jZ*-~A
near
l/t
concerning, regarding, about
far
particle C-~ or occasionally with .
from
JfV
with
e-
before
after
96
on top of
y.
under
L-
tZAs t
across, in front of
^5
behind
*<;/^-
near, close to
beyond,
*i
because of
tf^-
Pronouns that precede compound postpositions beginning with
possessive
forms as discussed
~j', hence j
U*
'
^~
V-^' ^-~
inside
Note:
/t-X-C i
front of, ahead of
in
*i-
4y
6.2
in
Chapter
4.
i-
Thus, the pronoun \J~ before
Similarly, the pronoun \J~ before
$5 O
^--
^9
assume
their
j6 \s ^- becomes
becomes
The Oblique Case - Oblique Forms of Nouns
Whenever a noun or a pronoun
is
followed by a postposition, the noun/pronoun (and
its
modifying adjective) goes into the oblique case. Without the postposition, the noun/pronoun
and adjectives modifying
reflect the
them are said to be
in the
nominative case. Some nouns/pronouns
oblique case by slight changes in their forms while others remain unchanged.
Exception:
Some pronouns
followed by a compound postposition use their possessive forms
and not oblique forms. See section 6.6 below.
Oblique Forms of Nouns
Masculine Singular Nouns
When
a postposition is
used after a marked masculine singular noun which ends in
97
final
"alif
',
is
the "a/if
is
changed
either changed to
ye" d^.
to "baRii
If the
noun ends
"baRiiye" or retained and pronounced as
Nominative:
the boy
vJ
Oblique:
on the boy
J /
Nominative:
child
Oblique:
on the child
a "choTiihe," the "choTii he
"e."
Forexample:
%~
/ j. /ZL
Unmarked masculine singular nouns

their form in the oblique.
in
(i.e.,
those that do not end with final "alif
do not change
Example:
Nominative:
office
j*>
Oblique:
in the office
(J~ ~p)
Masculine Plural Nouns
When
masculine plural nouns go into the oblique, the suffix "oh" iji
Marked masculine nouns which end with "baRii ye" ^_

ending before taking the "oh"
a)
(J-? suffix.
attached to them.
the nominative plural, drop this
Examples:
Marked
Nominative:
boys
t J
Oblique:
with the boys
j 1/
b)
in
is
Z-
\Js s
Unmarked
Nominative:
offices
fJ
Oblique:
in the offices
{J
Orf 3
Feminine Singular Nouns
When
feminine singular nouns are followed by a postposition, their form remains unchanged
98
regardless
a)
of whether Ihey are marked or unmarked. Examples:
Marked
\jj
Nominative:
girl
Oblique:
from the
b)
girl
CL- \js
Unmarked
Nominative:
(able
fi
Oblique:
on the table
J }
Feminine Plural Nouns
AH feminine plural nouns take the "oh" (pending

suffix is
a)
added
to the singular
Note: The "oh" {J^
form of feminine nouns.
Marked
Nominative:
girls
(Jf '
Oblique:
from the girls
*-
Nominative:
tables
4-y^*
Oblique:
on
J (J>X
b)
in their oblique forms.
0*LJ
Unmarked
the tables
Summary of Oblique Form Endings for Nouns

Type of noun
Singular Oblique Ending
Marked masculine
"e" <L-
"oh" \J>
Unmarked masculine
same as nominative
"oh" \J3
Marked feminine
same as nominative
"oh"
Unmarked feminine
same as nominative
"on" {J}
99
Plural Oblique
Ending
6.2 Drill Exercise
Give the nominative
plural, singular oblique,
and plural oblique forms of the following nouns:
i}J
-r
V-*
ffjb
Jfjr
$jfj\
J*
1l&
v-r
-1
jlrf
Jl/jA
t *
J&
trt
jr
J1
(J
JC
fc&j
63 Oblique Forms of Demonstratives

When
(this) is
followed by a postposition,
followed by a postposition,
{Jl and that of
is
its
oblique singular form
oblique singular form
is
(Ji.
is
boy
Oblique Singular
on
boy
this
i*&
that
boy
on that boy
iff
<^tr
Nominative Plural
Oblique Plural
these girls
with these girls
L#*
J\s .
those girls
with those girls
t^w
Sir
100
\j\.
When
M (that)
The oblique plural form of
C^- Examples:
Nominative Singular
this
its
00 di
o$
u'<
is
is
6.4 Oblique
Forms of Adjectives
Marked
a)
Singular Masculine
Adjectives
These adjectives change the word
final "alif"
'
ending
"baRii ye"
to
-~ in the oblique.
Nominative
this
good boy
that big
b ) Plural
Oblique
with this good boy
house
in that
Masculine, Singular Feminine, Plural Feminine :
These adjectives do not change their form
Plural
Masculine:
Singular Feminine:
Plural
big house
Feminine:
in
Û <-
the oblique.
j&V'
^- {jJ
j4\s-
~ Ox>'
Unmarked
These adjectives do not change their
the following
&
\ji/
form
examples with the adjective
in
(J?
I?
with the good boys
'
'
with the good
girl
with the good
girls
Adjectives
the oblique, regardless
of number or gender. Study
j\^^ (intelligent).
Masculine Singular Nominative
CL~
Masculine Singular Oblique
Masculine Plural Nominative
GL~
Masculine Plural Oblique
K?
J \^**
j\ftf
Z-/
j\syt
\)j? Afft
\js J\P tf
Feminine Singular Nominative
101
Feminine Singular Oblique

Feminine Plural Nominative
U30
Feminine Plural Oblique
6.5
When
certain
J\>*
Oblique Forms of Pronouns
pronouns are followed by postpositions, they assume a special form. Here
of the pronouns in their nominative and oblique forms.
Singular
Nominative
Oblique
J.
99
~>
ifi
Plural
Nominative
Oblique
f
,r
01
Ul
102
is
list
6.6
As we have learned previously,
{j
Note on
<
<<L-
*%
*o are particles indicating possession. The gender and
number of the object being possessed determines which form
Z-
is
o for masculine singular,
used:
masculine plural, and \j for feminine singular and plural. They function just as
for
postpositions after
nouns, as they put nouns into the oblique case.
the boy's
name
the boys' names
Wh in preceding
girls'
2-~ i^Jy
|"*t
the girl's thing
the
^-S
ft o
t[jZ
things
(j
(j
(j./
0-%^
*-~ <v, certain pronouns, however, take the possessive form instead of the
oblique:
J.
'/
Wr"
tjg
\$X
cT
ut
6/:
cT
*x
tfV
=c
if
\$M
6.4-6.6
Drill
^&.7ifutJ.
103
-u? $7
if-
jC\
ut
f
_r
-X
S Hr&M,
Fill in
literally
meaning "on the store," idiomatically implies
"at the store."
the blanks with the appropriate form of the noun, pronoun, or adjective.
(ihefruitseller)
(thefruitseller's)
(my)
~C~
&>&
ffl
--
lf ftf_
(my)
\%
~u 6*($iJfaf$
oJ-%
(that
book)
(that book's)
?-
-u{?
(these books) ?<-
-QH
Oj'
104
/*>_
UltfC
?^_ L/Vt _
(these books)
(good boys)
?J_
If
J\s .
C?
'_
t/*L
?L# l/ft <C
(your [informal])
(good thing)
(these
?_
good things)
-^
1/ stf
? $/ (j
(me)
(you [least formal])
\jjf$
-If
4^
-(J^ (jfA^
<{J$
*jj$
6.7
tff in
its
The
J1
///
-*^
?<i-
J^ (X J*We~
Interrogative t^r
and
Its
- ,A
Oblique Forms
el/ 10
Who
Who
this
is
boy?
that
is
gentleman?
Which gentleman
In the
-C^
nominative form means "who" or "which."
?^
When
- ,(V
i^fi/S J^
(at these stores)
(me)
- ir
-'^
(that big house) -(^/t ^-_/* 9j\ (J-
(our office)
-''
\$f goes into the oblique,

oblique form,
it
its
singular form is
may mean "whose," "whom,"
Whose book
?_
y^
If
105
is it?
{/' while
its
oblique plural form
"which.," or "what."
is this?
(/^
is
fcp.
Whose house
is
that?
Whose (plural) newspapers
are these?
With
whom (plural) do you sing?

~ f*
In
which book
is this
?. c3j
(/^^
thing?
At what time is the class?

In the last
example we see
explicitly present.
that the oblique case
can exist even when a postposftion
(The Urdu sentence does not have a postposition for "at"
Since the postposition
postpositions are often
is
implied, this form is
left
known
after the
not
noun ij}.
as the implied oblique. In idiomatic Urdu,
out after temporal and locative nouns but their existence
nevertheless assumed. This assumption is evident in the fact that the
to
is
noun and
is
adj ective related
time and location of an action go into the oblique case without an explicit postposition.
At what time does he go home?
It
is
assumed
recommend
that
<JU}
many
followed by a postposition, V, but the rules of idiomatic Urdu do not
that the postposition
interrogative adjective
In
is
0*
be explicitly
illustrates,
locative expressions, the
the
same rule
stated.
noun
is
But as the use of the oblique form of the
&&3
applied.
106
that
it
modifies
is in
the oblique case.
He
yJ
is in
goes to the office.
the oblique case with the postposition
-^
^0j
has been changed into
2_ vf\'J
after
it.
Ufa
frU
He goes to
L/~or./ implied
the post office.
because of the implied postposition which puts
it
in the
oblique.
Note that
\J"
can be followed by
< *% (depending upon
\j
the object
it
is
modifying)
when inquiring about the possessor of a thing:
Whose house
is
that?
Whose fruits are those?
Whose thing
6.8
The compound
preceding
it
^L *L
can
mean
Note on
"for," "for
is
that?
2L cC
the sake of," or "in order to."
will be in the oblique case:
He comes for Ali.
<# ji
tf .
He comes
t-
for this girl.
uf'}
107
Nouns and
adjectives
He comes
In addition to
nouns and adjectives, verbal
for
good bananas.
infinitives
instances, the infinitives will take the oblique case.
will
become tfL*r
can also occur before
2~
ZL-. In such
For example, tt will become
i W,
etc.
He comes
[in orde ] to eat.
+ tf'<L
She comes
Exception: Several pronouns followed
owed by
[in order] to
^ c
dance.
do not go into
the
oblique case. Instead
they assume the possessive form.
for
me
for
you
for
you
<Lt
^L. ~j*
d^jty
'Lt
tAi
'LL
tL~
for us
See also section
The
r C jC
6.6.
i_ construction also has two common idiomatic usages:
therefore
< \J\,
^L
why
(/>
Do not confuse the two aforementioned

for this
for
one
whom
C L-
\J\
L*
u'
*d~
idiomatic expressions with:
108
J--
(
fi
6.7 - 6.8
-O*
-U*
Drill
4/ ft t.
Jlf Ujf
if
~T JL
<^
i/
?tf_nb^
^^
(/'
'/
c/
_^ jT i ^ c- &i
?*_
frf
~<z-
&
*>>.
<l/
&-%
*4~tt&fM
109
0'
Jr
-<*
C 1 L-ai
?tl u*cr l 4^/1 4
-*# iffji j*<r -jf
i+.
<->'
**
-e-
-$.
Ml
-/>
f*
\J\
O'J
&/. e*X>
t u/i _u
_z
6*
_/ {/I
_A
jm ji
_9
"
?> *-M
**-\/L' oh
-at %f f JA 1
-gt t\ j%
d'
V f /^^J'\jW
110
\X
Translate the following into Urdu:
Ashok comes here every day
2.
With
Whose houses are those?
4.
Sheila and Sunita go to the club to dance every night, but they don't drink alcohol
5.
Docs he bring food
6.
buy
7.
go to London every year to watch
8.
With
9.
What time is their class every day?
10.
We come to
1 1
Because of love, there are
whom
does he
this car for
whom
to eat.
come?
for
them every day?
you (your sake).

tennis.
do you sing? With crazy Raj?
Harvard
[in order] to
study but go to that office
tears in Nargis' eyes!
111
[in
order] to work.
6.7-6.8 Substitutions
Replace the phrases
in brackets
with the
Urdu
equivalents of the English words indicated below.
you (least formal)

him
them
me
you (informal)
us
them
that girl
us
those girls
those boys
*r
you (formal)
the Pakistani president
that
112
boy
me
you (informal)
them
his friend
that
our house
their thing
their things
that
window
this
those houses
^ftt
i/f -if
( k0 (^
you (formal)
those boys
this
building
my
brother
our
113
-A
their
my
his friend
us
house
that building
this
market
these houses
those houses
that big building
this beautiful
_l t-/(jj}
hJti
{/*-& W'O
twenty-five
this big building
seven
my house
twelve
our
JA
stc
cs-
41
friend's
house
i/t
X&J? WO Jr
these buildings
our office
that big store
114
Jr
her office
twenty-eight
.*.
market
this poet's
house
Pakistanis
our friends
that car
Aishwarya Rai and Salman Khan
whose house
whose things
whose
store
whose newspapers
6.9
Pronunciation Drill: Aspirated, Perso-Arabic, and Reiroflexive Sounds
Column
Column 2
#/
115
cfs
\j*)h
ftf
&X*/
tfV
c/Ui
tfju
<&M
JyY
\$A
tfV
iJLf
>
J*
iA
J*
ijd
J*
6.1
J*"^
(Conversation)
wv r.j.^_^
**.
?.*
HftfaH*
ift
Ju ;/-(/? <LM (^
hj
ft
_^_ *X?
<\ki
-U-tf
(jlf
ft U tlf
J?\s
c/' J!w >7
w^
*
^ u/< (
LUfJ\,
J"
fj*
-U*
?&lv
i-jl/
t
b"
Jlf
:&j
fyb
Z-di <d$
*/>
U*f.*V
;&j
\f\ <jt
+**f
116
y
y
J"-
J^ 7
J
u&ifclkfMif\jA u* &% J\s
**
:&j
Sj
?_
i\f.
GL.
C <Ly jt î _u>?
*_/
^f-
***** uii tAj?
jt\ <l.
j* l <(
-u#
<tx
ft d** ut -$-
j\A (
j$
How are you?
Andy:
Hello, Jane.
Jane:
Fine, thanks.
Andy:
These are apples, bananas, and mangoes. These are
Jane:
Thanks so much.
Andy:
No.
It's
What
in front
Is
is this?
there a
fruit seller's store
of my office, behind
for
you.
near your house?
that big building.
117
J? y
W J? -U[ <U\
^ $J &fyt (
-+.
'U
\jf >
o\
%ju
1 -'
<\f
:J}
Jane:
Do you go
Andy:
No,
Jane:
to get fruit every
day?
go every week. Why?
want to go with you. There
is
whom do you
my car.
With
00
_ {<
efpi
tit
(r)
a problem [fault: y'-^] in
go?
go with my friend Ashok. He
Andy:
Jane:
Do you want to go with me now?
Andy: Yes, I want to buy oranges as
lives
above my apartment.
well.
6.12 Songs
$.
&
cT
JVj
Ofi'u
118
(*Û
fi^~y^
'C^l^ C^l"'
Gu^)/ J, ix
Glossary for Songs
\f
llf
Jy =
\}y,
6Us<
to
attachment, friendship, love
lover;
&bt = ignorant,
(f)
C/ ijt
one with burned heart (m)
foolish
to sigh
amuse, to cheer, to distract

6.13 Vocabulary
<&
after
L/'-/t
angry; upset
any;
some
(adj);
^
*
someone (noun)
to ask
H-l
bad
*V
because
**
-*-
< -^*
because of
bed(m)
119
ii
before
jH
<^ Zl
behind
beloved, sweetheart (m)
j-jf* i--
building (f)
*i^L-
<jV
chair (f)
clock/watch
(J^c*
(f)
to explain, to cause to
fcUf
understand
fault,
blemish,
(jf/
(f)
for the sake of, for, in order to
fj
friendship (f)
(jf))
\}h
fruit seller (m/f)
Jv
I \)b
garden (m)
/l
heat, hot weather (f)
in front of, across, facing
inside
king (m)
life,
^'>
soul; sweetheart; energy (f)
(^1^
Mahabharata Indian epic
C^-zl^lf'
market/bazaar (m)
J>j\*
t^
to meet
120
ij*
/v^7 /Jj$ <
near
jt
news (f)
now
*
on top of
j&Jk
post office (m)
reason
(f)
-9*
jt
regarding
to say, to
tf
speak
to sleep
test, trial,
âzL
U&l
examination (m)
therefore
ZiTl
time (m)
J$9
under
U/
who
i/
window (f)
with (in the
company of)
J\s
why
(uJ>4-
for what reason,
121
i/
Chapter 7
7.1 Expressing Potentials with fc*'
The verb t^"

verb before
(to be able to, or can)
be able to study
*"* >2-/
to
be able to eat
t**'
Note that when conjugating
is
never used by
itself.
It
always needs the stem of another
it:
to
which
is
U*
this construction,
only the verb P** changes.
The stem of the verb
attached to fc^ does not change under any circumstances.
can go to Harvard.
They can read a book.
?* .
&(
<\/
Can you dance?

Verbs which combine
t^
with the stem of another verb are called
7.2
In order to
compound
verbs.
\J$ with Compound Verbs
form a negative sentence with compound verbs, there are three options:
The particle ij*f precedes the compound verb
122
block;
2.
The particle {J%
is
placed between the verb stem and fc*"
3.
The particle {J%
is
placed at the end:
The gradual shift of the negative particle to the end of the sentence corresponds to an increasing
emphasis
in
negation.
Hence example 3
is
the most emphatic.
7.3 Further Uses of J3*
In addition to
being a conjunction meaning "and," jjt can also
Would you
like to eat
mean "more" and
"further."
more?
?l if $ ** >f T
Can you sing more?
7.1-7.3
Drill
j J} J'J Qx & \ id ut
-Ut
-U?b u?
123
0% t)J Jjf ***
\%
>
f ui if d nJ m
?/f
1A The
4-
in
^~
present tense form
(for masculine plural subject),
of fc-tf agreeing with the
ati
if'-'
U~
%%J
\j (for masculine
\$J (for feminine singular/plural
Masculine
-0*
a studying.
$J #>
You are studying.
~3i \$J &5f
You are studying.
*y'
You are studying.
-t <
He/She is studying.
-<-
-<-,
~L%
1
iS ** **&
-<f- tfO
^>
subject)
subject.
Singular
Feminine
-0*
<\f
Urdu by combining the following components:
+ the appropriate form of the participle of the verb
singular subject),
Present Continuous Tense
The present continuous tense is formed

the verb stem
j>I
\f ty
&% U~
V
-- \j *>>
~f?
&~J &%
>-/
'
f
'
*> M
^-/
jPfirraf
-(^ $/
-J*
-L#
(/<-/
if**
-C#
>> /
We are studying.
^/
You are studying.
&% ^'
li*-'
*>%
You are
'
-J* <p~<
-*
â-/
(**
-u/? *j~J a>% *-^
studying.
-C# ^-^ *%
They are studying.
To form a negative sentence with this tense,

and drop the
-t
place (>V before the beginning of the verb block
t^ auxiliary unless you want to be emphatic.
studying).
124
-if'J
0^
\J$
69
(She
is
not
7.4
-0*
-Urnrfs
and
"of
iS'j
4> 6> -6
-<
expressed by saying, "x
the biggest
is
bigger than y,"
of all." The postposition n Z~ n
are used in English.
t'Asji J".
*<jf
U*
-*"
0* &> tfut
The Comparative
comparative and superlative expressions of adjectives are
the comparative is
is
dr
7.5
form "x
iS'J
J\JX'Jt Jd U*'& % d$ & &

-U*
In Urdu, all
Drill
is
Thus,
wh ile the superlative follows the
used
in
The comparative subject appears
125
in relative terms.
Urdu
in the
same sense
in the beginning
as "than"
of the sentence
or phrase and that which the subject
being compared
is
to follows
it
with the adjective agreeing
with the comparative subject.
-=_ ik
^ ^V
&
adjective agrees with subject
object of comparison
subject
Ali
-^
is
bigger (older) than
&
adjective agrees with subject
^&
object of comparison
subject
Sheila
Remember that
is
Mohan.
is
bigger (older) than Ali.
a postposition, so the nouns, pronouns, and adjectives governed by L-
will be in the oblique case.
Those boys are bigger (older) than Ali.
-^ (a
Ali
is
a. utt ui
&
bigger (older) than these boys.
7.5 Substitutions
those apples
those oranges
that fruit
these bananas
that
126
boy
that beautiful girl
Harvard's students
Albert Einstein
those
windows
those carpets
those pens
that
book
7,5 Translation
Translate the following
comparative statements:
1.
Radha is more
2.
Steve
3.
This
4.
He
5.
My shoes are more beautiful than the shoes of those girls.
Canada
7.
This picture
$.
Is
9.
These apples are more expensive than those apples.
10.
Those carpets are cheaper than these
is
beautiful than Sunita.
brighter than Ali.
girl is better
is
older than
is
than that boy ((,/')
me {!%).
cleaner than the U.S. because there are fewer people and less trash.
is
better than those pictures.
your (most formal) room bigger than
7.6
In order to
my room?
carpets.
The Superlative
form a superlative statement, the pronomial adjective (i->^)
127
is
used before C-~ and
.
.
the rest of the sentence structure remains the
same as
-^ A?* a.
it
would
tf
in a
comparative sentence.
\j
My son is the brightest (of all).
My girls are the brightest (of all).

-^-
G-
09
He is the oldest (of all).

7.6 Translation
Translate the following superlative statements.
1.
This
is
the most delicious thing.
2.
This
is
the
3.
That is the cleanest room.
That is
Is
6.
Ghalib (>-J t)
My sister is the most beautiful girl.
8.
Those are the most difficult books.
9.
This picture
0.
most expensive carpet.
my oldest
boy.
he your best friend?
Our house
is
is
is
the world's best poet.
good but those pictures are the most beautiful.
the largest
7.7 Persian Adjectival
It is
quite
common
adjectives are
Elements
for Urdu to use the Persian comparative
formed by the addition of the
and superlative adjectives. These
? suffix (for comparative adjectives) and fS suffix

128
(for superlative adjectives).
be attached to adjectives
The use of J* and / S
of Persian
suffixes in
Urdu
is
limited, for they can only
origin.
good
r
jrf
better
This
girl is better
than that
girl.
worse
/-*
worst
ti//>
He is
the worst servant.
The Persian adjective oJ^J>i

o^J>d
is
a commonly used Persian adjective meaning "favorite."
Tom Cruise is
7.7
Sheila's favorite actor.
-*.
-Ui
129
/%*
Drill
* ^ 4 jU*
*~
U& dl $
_^_
sj,
e^
?^ 4> wtf
.â/jus
j\
ir
Ji.
_r
rf <i/
^4> ^ c^' i-i> &sf*vH <x ~&f-i4

/i
7.8
In order to express
Js.
"x
is
more than y"
Expressing More or Less
in
Urdu, the expression
This
is
In this class there are
A similar construction is used to express
"x
-cThis
used.
Example
more than that
more boys than
is less
iff
less than that.
130
in that class.
than y," but instead of 6)1 J,
fe.
is
tA) -~ is
is
used.
9 f *- u*tfift
-t
Both 9>LJ and
can be combined with the comparative
W it W
J"~
J suffix as seen
in
the following
examples:
Students in this university are mostly American.
The price of this book

Note:
JjUandf
is
even
than that.
less
rarely use the i^f/ suffix to express the superlative,
7.8 Translation
-tf %-j
J)
4.7
?c/f
^Jt 2^j
J)
f^ JA iiif-î -vft JJ^

JV f {/' c-5&f U\>
M c-!&*f\ ^
'4
_^
-J 'J
-\f
-&t
tliJ c^f-
JJ
*
-
'&
-^ (e- Ja_ A
/ l4
:^
1^.
<*
M AX 4< j/tdC - Q*/

--
7.8
\f
fc- '&jf x#
131
jt
jfttf)> [SAP
>yf
1$
$-J Jt
-l
7.9
d& J)
,45
fr^^^v'
<jui
u/y
U e-
-/' i
dî-*
2^j
Jj {** 4>i
u4 '>/
-r
rr
l/-*
*****
</**
rr
t^ n
t/*V
(/fa
7.10 Aggregatives
In order to indicate total plurality in
and
ten,
Urdu, the suffix [Ji
is
added to the numbers between two
with the exception of six and nine:
both (special form)
OJ
all three
all
four
\j$j^
all
five
uA
132
r*.
The numbers
six, nine,
j&
all six
all
seven
\Jw
all
eight
\JST%
all
nine
V *L y
all
ten
(J^->
and numbers larger than ten are expressed
being repeated and separated from each other
by the postposition
in
such a construction by
(3 \l-~
depending upon the
gender of the noun that follows- the numerical adjective.
~s
oj\s
In order to
iL- bj\s
otlAJs s;U
(j
oj[S meaning all

,
express indefinite plurality, the suffix {JJ or
\,J) is
eleven girls or boys
added
to the
number.
indefinite plurality adjectives are:
U~*
scores of
0^
hundreds of
\J*X
lM>r
thousands of
0^ v
hundreds of thousands of
tens of millions
\J)J)J
of
-Jl .
\jhi jV t-to
Both can
live
with
us.
All three of those girls are beautiful.
-Ul lt Uifj> S tSi 0\>

All nine girls dance over there.
133
Common
-t# 2^>
C$ 0>fi
jt JCj/
Hundreds of boys study at Cornell.
All hundred boys study at Cornell.
Note the difference between the

plurality and the
last
two sentences. The first sentence expresses
second one expresses
indefinite
total plurality.
7.10 Reading and Translation Drill
?* c~j
~<ji
7.11
The simple present tense
is
Ju
iA-
&% <j> u$ <
>j\\
ffdfc
oh* ( if
The Future Tense
frequently used to express the immediate future;
134
u\9 -u\
The regular future tense
1st
O*
suffix:
plural), i
2nd suffix
(J
formed by the addition of two suffixes to the verb stem:
(1st person singular),
(2nd person r
is
go there or I'll go there (immediate' future).
6 (2nd, 3rd
person singular), t/Ost, 2nd, 3rd person
).
(feminine singular or plural),
(masculine plural),
(masculine singular).
The suffixes used depend on the number and gender of the subject.
The following example will make
this
more clear:
verb;
fc*>
stem: o>S
Feminine
Masculine
Pronoun Subject
Singular
*%
*>
fa
&n
>;
Plural
&%fa
&X
Sn
^n
fa
*%
135
f
'(
/*
There are three verbs that have irregular conjugations
in the future tense
on account of
modifications in their verbal stems: to take, to give, and to be.
U- to take
Feminine
Masculine
Pronoun Subject
Singular
Si
ft
&
ut
1
Si
fi
r*
fttfg*
Plural
Bfi
Si
fi
Ml*
fe J
Feminine
- to
give
Masculine
Pronoun Subject
Singular
/.
ti
&
C
136
L>
>
Plural
-j/LTj
r*
L>,
4;
L,
J-,
t-tf- to
Feminine
be
Masculine
Pronoun Subject
Singular
/-
tin
u"~
S*
/-
<&
V
lEtfg*
Plural
L
L*
L*
L*
UtfUtfjf
if*
j/jf
ifNote:
is
The
future tense
of tjt can
also
(*
?
1
8Jf**
be used to indicate the
used as an auxiliary verb. For example,
wSt \Jw
137
suppositional, particularly
when
M means "He will be there" (future) or "He
it
must be there" (suppositional). (j>? (JU >
studying at the university."
be going to India."
We will
Im
jV If
cX \j<t&
\JO^sM
JM
"That
girl
-^y* "The American

f
discuss the future suppositional
7.11 Reading
6$
in
and Translation
must be
President musi
greater detail in chapter
5.
Drill
?/^ ^~?
j$*
JZ
jffi
^(vegetable) tj*
~>
w? </
nti u'uer
-^ l^ WU
138
d"-
MS
, t/J
*s
c J[
\f'
jt cjf
-Jr. J. &l /jV\
00 m
\J$ >AJ
-^
*
Translate the following sentences into Urdu:
1.
We will go to the cinema tomorrow.
2.
What will you (informal) do tonight?
3.
Will
4.
Ali will cook tomorrow and
5.
Will
6.
Tonight
7.
Will they buy a newspaper today?
8.
He will
give a
9-
He will
not be able to give his house for the party.
10.
Where
11.
Sir,
we be able
to eat at
your house?
we will
eat with him.
Madonna sing on Saturday?

I
will read
lot
a book and write a
of money
letter.
for this horse.
will those beautiful girls
be tomorrow night?
your son must be playing tennis right now.
139
12.
Everyone
in that
house must be sleeping.

7.12 Pronunciation Drill: Diphthongs
If*
J*
J.
J-
cX
eX
Jf
by
by
bf
bf
tij
tij
jii
j?.
j?.
jf
*>S
s,f
*J
7.13
Response
Drill
Answer the following questions.
?ut z
w?c# 2^ &t
140
(f
jT
>sA
-
J\
t?
^ wT ^3j <L <Jt
,\S
w
<j/
J"
_1
?^. &if*,jfjet
y c-
*** u
i?j l/!
'/ dip-
_A
>5
J*
,*
_ir
J*
4- \fm/ fit tjhi rf ^
_IA
M
V^ ^j
^- r -0*'
f- i/
&t"
tf-'
^l*
-'
-*'
,J'-'
^ y^ V
ej? *tf^/ i/k
*Lif\ffrf
141
6/T
-n
_r*
_n
7.
-t- i/s f !f_
gA <^< ijii
14 ^^(Conversation)
(j*f
U ^J f\ff -- J& ^
'.if}
2^
:bh
&&* Jb *-x
'&&
# 7
fa f\$ *~ i* if wj
142
-J$jti </
Jt
-J.
Ufa tf ^
-t
dw
6^ U^w
\LJ\f-
-Ms (i^
*!*
" JS&
-' if-'
l/
^*> $0*J
a 'us
JV wT
f'
Ul
^ u^
(W if &*/ * -ftf Ju aA* / -U-* t^ lW l

-<f-
l\Jat
s-
c^
143
-if*
:i/0
<S*
*&*>
if
**k
-t-dtiw^^-? 6k-
-at
\$jt !t4
ft
J;
-6k
&i,
Telephone conversation
Reshma: Hello. This
is
Reshma.
Who is speaking?
Mummy darling: Reshma! It's me, your mother! am
speaking from the hospital.
Reshma: Greetings!
Mummy darling! What are you doing at the hospital?
Mummy darling: You know that Sunil
is
in the hospital.
He
will
be here
for three days more.
Reshma: When are you coming home?
Mummy darling: 1 am going to the market first {^L.

v
if
Reshma: Can you buy me something from the market?
Mummy darling: What do you want?

144
and then
will
come home
Reshma: Oh!
Mummy darling! You are the best mother? Can you buy me some sweets and
chocolates?
Mummy darling: Reshma!
will not
buy you chocolates and sweets! You know that too many
sweets are bad for you.
Reshma:
In
my opinion, they are very good for me. They give me life!
Mummy darling: Absolutely

better than sweets.
Reshma: Yes,
not!
will not buy
you
trash!
will
buy some fruit for you.
Do you want some mangoes? Mangoes
want some very sweet mangoes and some sweets
are
your favorite
Mummy darling.
Will you buy
fruit.
do with you?
me some sweets?
Mummy darling: OK but you will eat them after dinner.

Reshma: Thank you,
Mummy darling. You are the best mother
in
the world.
love you very
much! Bye.
Mummy darling: Bye, my crazy daughter!

7.16 Songs
jl
f?
<u?
/ c*\j if tf *\Jt <u\

j
145
t\f
fT
is
also.
Mummy darling: Oh my dear v{jj[%) Reshma! My crazy daughter! What shall

Reshma:
Fruit
J/ jl
jt 9 tjif
^ i/i r^
f.
(r
A&*1 %f
<r
<.
& 0*5 f>

tij tf-
&v'
Glossary for Songs
Ufi-
0>
t-Uj =
there (emphatic form of \J\*
to decline, sink,
fade (as sunset,
where (relative pronoun)

7. 17
Vocabulary
\5&f
ath ete/player (m/f)

1
to bathe
tif>
<
t/tP
to be able to, can
best
/*
better
u/A*
both
146
life, etc.)
box (m)
|J
to change
fcJî
to cry
tjj
clothes (m)
to
come along,
to
go along,
set out, to walk, to
to
embark
to cook
t&i
door (m)
l)hj>
father (m)
* *
>
/-
father-in-law
4-^
favorite
JA
flower (rn)
forgive/excuse
me
)fizfî\f
c*V
forty
grandfather (maternal)
tt
grandfather (paternal)
u>
grandmother (maternal)
lit
grandmother (paternal)
t>t>
grown up, elder person
J*/l*
(m/t)
d*
holiday, vacation (f)
human
being,
man, person (m)
eUSlttfjX
hundreds of
U9f*/v*j
147
husband (m)
less
letter
(m)
to listen
to
be made,
become
to
to
built, created;
make, to build,
to create
CI*
Ushf
millions of
money, cash, wealth; coin (m)

mother
mother-in-law
iA-
more
narcissus (f)
to
open
or
to pick
up
ttff
*-
poor person (m); poor
(adj.)
to reach
ready
rich
scores
of
148
service (f)
cj <lT <{$X q$4
sister (f)
a respectful title for sister or

anybody older to whom one
wants to
show
reverence
shut up; be quiet
something;
ytj >-4
some
sorrow (m)
Ju4
studies, education (f)
swift, quick; hot (spicy), fiery,
sharp
that
is
to say,
i.e.
thirty
thought, idea, opinion (m)
thousands of
trash
(m)
wife(f)
worse
*A
worst
c^>
149
Chapters
8.1
The honorific imperative
is
used for people
who
CU*
Stem:
end
C-2*^ as
Imperative:
\J>
in
0,
a <
is
inserted
pronoun.
between the stem and
Imperative:
y
In
many situations the use of this
jp
two
C (ie), e.g.,
ti becomes
2.
Please read this book.
3.
Please
$z
imperative conveys the sense of English "please."
Please study.
- jf\
Please eat.
-~U*
apples.
Please eat
come with me.

150
or if-
.)
^ L
'4~>
Translate these sentences using- the honorific imperative:
is
vowel can be
Irregular verbs are:
Infinitive:
It
ok
J?
\h
'
- (ie) to it (In Urdu, the
Thus one may write the imperative of
written cither as long or short.
In stems that
'
are referred to with the b*
formed by taking the stem of the verb and adding
Infinitive:
2S
4.
Please bring a box with you.
5.
Please look.
6.
Please lake more food.
7.
Please work better than
8.
Please give a chicken.
9.
Please drink some
1 0.
Please go home!
A more formal
this!
tea.
imperative than the aformentioned one
formal imperative. This imperative
is
is
formed by the addition of oto the
only used in situations in which great deference
is
implied.
8.2 Informal Imperatives (with
The imperative used to command those
addition
who
are referred to
in
of J to the stem:
There are two irregular
imperatives:
Change the following formal imperatives
into informal ones:
151
r)
the
r form
is
formed by the
tt
if
_r
t4f>
-r
8 J Least
The stem of the verb acts as the imperative
to
be used with the
do
k^J
-)
give
t4
<L
take
fcU
eat
(1
drink
t/
fcj
i*
form.
8.4 Negative Imperatives
In order to form a negative imperative, insert
^>^
or
right before the imperative word:

!
Don't read (formal)
!^> C^
-5U
Don't go (informal)!
Don't come (least formal)!
8.S
The
infinitive
*V ^
Don't do this (formal)!
'
*ZS
The Infinitive as Imperative
of a verb can also serve as an imperative.
of the imperative in contexts
-'
when degrees of formality
152
It
connotes a neutral or impersonal form
are not regarded as necessary.
Give two sen of meal.
n
Don't drink
this water.
Dont sit here.

8.6
Use of 0\/f and hi with Imperatives
When we encountered 0\j?
in Chapter
\i\jf is used with the postposition ^Z-,
Kindly do
The expression <L
alternative
rl$%/f or
Ji/
is
work/Please do this work.
(jly/may also be used
or "a
instead of
c^{ji/f
as an
11
hi
can act as
its
counterpart in
with the connotation of "just" or "please just.'* Idiomatically
use corresponds to the English expression "would
"slightly"
was one of "thanks." However, when
usually used with formal imperatives,
informal imperative constructions
its
implication
acts as the adverb "kindly."
it
this
expression for "please, kindly.
Whereas 0\*jf
1, its
you mind?" The
literal
meaning of
little bit."
-9)
wOm hi
Please just give that book (informal).
8.6
Drill
~ti* ok. e-
oV
hj
is
J ok
Fill in the blanks
ijj
with the appropriate form of the imperative of the verb indicated in the
parentheses.
(read)
0$?-.#
(don't go, formal)
tifof
(give, informal)
-r
*JJ
-r
L% M 2L d-jifl
t/J
-<*
._
(don't drink, informal)
(don't eat, least formal)
(write, informal)
._
&/*
***
l/&
-**
< U*$k
-'*
._
(give, formal)
(take, formal)
Oty <=- 6\jf
(read, least formal)
(cook, informal)
<~<'
*-<r
Summary of Imperative Forms

Impersonal
&
Least Formal,
Informal,
Less Urgent
of
\S
154
Formal,
Infinitive
"
Note:
d/
tf
4*
if
Of
&
L.
cJ
&
<)
>
Gender is not marked
if
in imperative forms.
8.7 Further Uses of
We have already encountered

an auxiliary verb.
Ctf
is
ijt as the "to be" verb and
fcff
its
use in the habitual present tense as
also used in the sense of "to become, to take place and to happen.
What can happen here/What can be done here?
What takes place here?
it
What
When vtf
statements
is
used with
its
is
going on?
participle forms,
tL-y? '{jyt <vyi
Nowadays
is
, it
indicates generalities or
of fact.
There
is
there
(generally) a lot of heat.
(generally) a lot of filth in
New York.
Are there (generally) good students at Harvard?
155
Is
the food in India (generally) good?
8.7
-i 2-X
aM
jf
tit
-<-.
^#
frji
j^
(f
*->i;
j St jf ffj*
156
|*f 5,
2-* cist iAik/'
--
?4^ C^
e^
\&
_r
(>t^ tl/'
tfc*
tuT
<i/
tfju
ti/
-jt
(S
-o
-eg 2Li ;'>/
J> t
is^s
,1
_*_ (J.*
vU^ U
<c_
l.^
Jo
-id As. j>\-Z-\/*s
JH
-<z-
-*_ t*j<
_(^ 2_j*
?<sL-
157
;)<
1^
Jk} os
,?.
<=^ (Jl
!(/^
>w
vij cl, 3L
IT^ fc-" <z-
m)
{fh
x?>
tf
-1
Of
8.8
The Past
has two past participles, each of which
The verb
fci?
function.
We will discuss the w
participle
and
its
participle
various forms,
/
/
/
j
J
j
0?
is
here and the ft
participle in
It
associated with a special
meaning and
Chapter
12,
The
(feminine singular), and
(masculine plural), \j
(feminine plural), are used for "was, were."
Feminine
t^
Participles of
{jT
declined as follows:
is
Masculine
Pronoun
lA
You were
She/he was
Ml*
m
Translation
was
We were
f
*
You were
4L.
They were
You were
Examples:
? rfff&tj J
9)
Where were they last night?
Ten years ago
was a
student.
-/ 4 X % "
That thing was on the
Yesterday morning
at
table.
eight o'clock the girls
156
were
in
school
past
lânid
its
variants are also used as auxiliary verbs in various past tense constructions.
function exactly like
^-
in the present tense.
Examples:
He used to
J?
They
\j
work.
ffta
He was working.
J f/fln
She was able to work.
8.8
f/
Drill
iV# 4 ^ <J
_r
-O
-if ;e
-J! 2
159
U^V wp tf>"
&r
tf
cîA- **> t/
*&&$&$
-r
..
.
Were you
He was a very bright
Rita Hayworth was our favorite actress.
4.
Were you
Last week Raj was working in the restaurant.
a doctor
20 years ago?
at Sheila's
student
many
years ago.
house with your friends
8.9
The past habitual tense is formed
in
last
week?
Now he is not there.
The Past Habitual Tense
a manner similar
present form of the auxiliary verb >?
is
replaced by
to the present habitual tense
its
except that the
corresponding past form.
Present habitual:
~\Jyt V*!? {jZ
-<_ bJftfOfy
study.
He works there-
Past habitual:
Jtf
t>^
Jtf
tV fv{j\* w He used to work there.
This tense
fj
is
used to study.
used to denote regular or habitual actions
in
the past.
The conjugation pattern
follows:
Feminine
Masculine
160
Pronoun
is
as
8.9
Drill
JL Ut J\s i-M
JL
JL
2^1-
\k
"&? J$
J? Of
'
J$ /\
t>
<s-
u &.
i Zjfu&ttfe-
161
f\A
<
iM jC\
& cf <M-
*?>
6J A
4* iff"?
<\f
-r
8.10
The past continuous tense
is
the past. Again, this tense
is
the present form of $Jt
is
used
The Past Continuous Tense
to describe actions that
formed
in
replaced by
the
same way
were
in progress at a particular time in
as the present continuous tense, except that
past counterpart.
its
Present continuous:
~ J>f
Vj
&% JZ
^\jff$n
am studying.
He is
working.
was
studying.
Past continuous:
J?
\j
&/
\JL
J>\tJ{u
He was working.
The conjugation pattern
is
Feminine
as follows:
Masculine
if [$J
#%
\J
if
\5i j
&%
0y*%
\$j at/
jf
(fid
U?
\$J
*!/
b
*s
\i
^ ^>
Pronoun
Jt.
>fb3
**"*
&f"%
,r
L^
\#J
IP'S
&$~s*%
162
8.10 Reading
\j
and Translation
\j
l*
Jj
CL-

j/f
^vr4fc
n *l#
-if
$j J?
Uf
Numbers 41-50
163
Jljf s3j i/i
dh dJ Mi 4<
-^- f->
-if
Drill
XJ
-f
-r
8-12 Pronunciation DriU: Doubling of Consonants
C-j
Vj
JO
lK
164
iA^
rr
<J%>
ra
tZ-yr
J-Oc
jit*
fA
\f$
1*9
uTk
a*
&>
8.13 ^^(Conversation)
-& ok f <i& i/?

-S ok r r# r -<y S
!J|
^X "f- in
-4J
Ultf
ok
y7
<r- l&"
If
-Ofi&^&t-u-io'jz>o
-j%
J) f -^
\j yi
iM
-6%
lJ$/&
'\f-c-
t/<;
<U[ -*-
-<J^ 'C^
-J
:
</;
c/l/v !\&j
-u?
Jo'~
t\f-o\ >o[
I? I/O
-ji
0? d"~Jtf
!(?
J4
--if
-&J
J-G
:bh
:tfv
~i)x
jtfa/ju J\s
hfjs
js\
JU ii
cl.
1-1/
ij b'lf-ut Jut* iw <i?

165
so
If
(Us
js\
~<z-
M *V m
-<$-
b/, iAj
?<.
d~
<jS
jt
2_ c/ *$.&&*& Mi.
->/
?<.
aJ>L\*
^c
t#
b'i
M .y M (
\J
-V <d
hS%
Jj
^CT u _d?l$
-.t/j
d Jh JLi dp d JL lJ(*
dd ji _^ m? ** *
J*
jt
J2 *%
'if' >
<3j~c
*sf/fiSJi
t-f-Jr
'Jijf
d d>
& 1/1/7* >\Hj -d? tfi - *s
Jif&sj
166
Jil
6X 'iA*
'3
~_W
&*
<z~
*to
~Ut
tf*t
^ wT
if j)
-X &\* Jl 4 jf f
J-Q
Ali:
Sunita,
Sunita:
Is
Reshma:
Yes,
you
sit
here.
Reshma, you
the food (generally,
it is
over there, and
I'll
sit
by you.
good here?
t*.tf )
(generally) very good,
sit
was here
last
week. The chicken curry and
biriyani are delicious.
am vegetarian-
Sunita:
But I
Ali:
You can
Reshma:
Yes, they are also good for your health.
Waiter:
What do you people want
Ali:
No, we will drink
don't eat meat.
eat lentils, bread, and yogurt. Lentils are (generally) very good.
Iassi
to eat
and drink? Would you
and we will eat chicken
like to eat
papad?
curry, biriyani, rice, lentils,
vegetable curry, and yogurt.
(/
&
some onions and pickles. Are the
Sunita:
Also, give us
Reshma:
A lot of red peppers are not good for your health.
Waiter:
In our pickles there are
Ali also eats a lot of spices.
no red peppers. Would you
167
pickles very hot?
like
some bread with your
food?
Ali;
Yes,
we will
take both bread and rice.
8.15 Songs
&.
\S? <l-
<& +. ^j>? &( \f
2-\?\t
168
'<*.%
C jC\ o\
#t*
x j?
as
Glossary for Songs
ijZ
= emphatic
form of
f*
(see ch. 12)
L- = selflessness; being beside oneself;
\$$r
ecstasy,
"only to me/us"
\Ji = special object form of fi (see ch. 9)

l
$?
'
= keep on constantly coming
j*U goblet, cup (usually of wine) (m)
oj^.
^2 - just as
f
l**~
idol; beloved, sweetheart
(m)
madness (0
face (m)
sweet
UT = past tense (feminine plural) of verb Clf

8.16 Vocabulary
H &&
airplane (m)
although
qfi'tf
army(f)
b*
chicken
tf
apprehend
to catch,
<$/
(f)
child <m)
childhood (m)
cold (adjective)
\M
cold (noun,
M~
f)
>[$>/
cook(m)
iS,A
curry (m)
c/u
cfafit/
chicken curry
169
meat curry
\y \s
% >j^^j
vegetable curry
(JT L^
dQ/*
to die
ty*
dream (m)
l^
enough!
\J+
fear(m/f)
yj
to fear
tji
to fear
tvi <~x
fifty
i/lg
guest (m/f)
^k'
health
(0
rV
hot
hunger
(f)
knife (f)
to laugh
last, past,
ty
tH?
previous; back; latter
^/
lemon/lime (m)
'.^
lentils (I)
(Jb
lover (m)
\JZ\t
being a lover
(f)
meat (m)
meat eater (m/
jj*
f)
170
<.
#33}
milk (m)
mischief (f)
&j\p
necessity (f)
&Ji'f
&ji/ y
necessity/need for x
,P
noise, uproar, disturbance (m)
h
a*a
onion (0
out, outside
papad (crispy appetizers) (m)
pepper
&A
(f)
pickles (hot) (m)
please, kindly (with
'
CJ"6\/
forms)
*- i)ty
A/ iV
(with
relatives, family
rice
hi
forms)
As&i
members (m)
(m pi)
rice
salt
to
<JU
w/ meat or vegetables (f)
J?
(m)
scream, yell
season (m)
{'
to be shy, recitent
sick,
ill
(adj.); sick
person (m/f)
ciHcness. illness (fl
171
X
\^rt
to Sit
song(m)
JP <tftksj*
to speak, to talk,
iJÂ,
converse
spices (m)
iiL-^/>l^*
sunshine, heat of sun (f)
fi>
time, age; world; fortune (rn)
Û
thief(m)
v<
thirst
(0
vegetable
*Jk
6*
<f)
6 j\& j> 6
vegetarian (m/f)
woman (t)
a*jf
yogurt (m)
\9
172
Chapter 9
The postposition
in
Urdu has several
We will systematically discuss the most important
uses.
uses in this chapter.
9.1
Temporal Marker
as a
As we have seen in previous chapters, days of the week and most of the times of the day are
marked by
to
mean
"on," "in," and "at"
go to school every Monday.
?<4 2-k tfr f(&
Docs he go to the cinema in the evening?

Note that
among the
times of the day only
9.1
"morning" does not use the postposition
-jt
173
'.
Drill
J// *,*/*. J) f
We can
1.
on Saturday because we are busy on Friday.
play tennis
2.
My friend drinks wine every evening.
3.
Can you
4.
What arc you (informal) doing tonight?
5.
Why are both of you going to school on
read books every morning?
9.2
When
the direct object of an
as a Direct Object
Urdu sentence
-OX
--
Although
it
is
subject
f&lfi
object marker i verb)
send that boy.
- direct object - object marker
necessary to use 3 with a direct object that
is
below that yean also mark a direct object when that object
emphasized. If no emphasis
is
intended, then
You buy this

(subject
/ marks such an object.
send Ali.
direct object
Marker
animate or specific, then
is
0?*
I
(subject
Sunday?
carpet,
is
is
/ - verb)
animate,
we can
see in the example
inanimate but needs to be
not employed after inanimate objects.
{emphasis on object)
inanimate direct object - object marker / verb)
-4"*^
You buy this
cî?
carpet, (object not
174
emphasized)
(subject
9.2
inanimate direct object verb)
jl
-\fi
tie
ji
Drill
&j & < L.\f f
?.*
L-l/Zu^
c)i
& -/: jj/2

.
$ fjps
"{
<if
f u? /j#j f -J?
f& r r *? ^ d&*
Û
/W*5 B ^ /
4r>J
*tg
-o
JJ
fei/
fefc/
-r
'
***> c>< f -\ji

f ~f- ft <S* &k *
/(J*/**
j fd^S
J\
9.2 Substitutions
-JM
ilk
f&J
lA
-'
that beautiful girl
those clever boys
your friend's brother

his friend
.<_
& f<Lh Ji
that
175
vagabond
those famous actors
our daughter
your (least formal) doctor
those newspapers
the best book
these big expensive houses
his red
9.3
When a sentence has both
as
shoes
an Indirect Object Marker
a direct and an indirect object, only the indirect object
He
gives
a book to
is
marked by /,
Ali.
{subject- verb-direct object-indirect object)
The above word
order
indirect object. In
is
Urdu
the usual order in English in
is
the
word order
is
which the direct object precedes the
reversed, with the indirect object usually preceding
the direct object.
(subject
indirect object marked
if the sentence has temporal
by
J direct
object
- verb)
and locative elements then they are placed between the indirect and
direct objects.
In the evening,
(subject- indirect object marked by
he can give Ali the book
S - temporal phrase -
176
there,
locative phrase direct object
verb)
This order
may slightly change depending upon
the element
of the sentence
that needs to
be
especially emphasized.
By placing / r*l?
at the beginning
9.3
of the sentence, the temporal element is emphasized.
Reading and Translation Prill
?j*
CP-/
i_j 4*1 /(j*
Jjf 2^ *^J
jjjj
(*
*l/
J*
/^P ^T r|/
JT
Translate the following sentences into
He
gives
me money
2.
Can you give
3.
They give food
every Monday.
the poor
to
Urdu:
money tonight?
my friends every Thursday.
177
4.
What can you
5.
give us?
can give you the world.
9.4
In
Urdu the
in
Verbal and Adjectival Constructions ~J>1
logical subject of certain verbal
f JZ$
"pleasing"
English
is
is
and adjectival constructions
a predicate adjective used
in
constructions
sometimes marked by
which the
logical subject in
marked by 2 The verb (L- or ij?) agrees with the grammatical subject in Urdu.
.
Ali likes this book. (Literally: This book
*--*
pleasing to AH.)
is
yP^= grammatical subject in Urdu, if = logical subject in English)
US * f ^
-*!\H
in
is
like these things. (Literally:
= grammatical
These things are pleasing to me.)
subject in Urdu, \J~ = logical subject in English
In the sentences above, the verb agrees with the grammatical subjects in
and not with the
Urdu ("-Û and
logical subjects in English. In the past tense, the auxiliary
forms* replaces *- following the
agreeing with
agreeing with
<*
f*&
liked this fruit,
[/*
The boy
(verb [)
\tf, in its
same rules of agreement.
j? jH J^
(verb
marked by J)
= grammatical
subject in Urdu)
liked the book,
^\J= grammatical subject in Urdu)
-U? JH OUi" full?

178
l$)
appropriate
The guests
liked the vegetables.
\JvJfa
{verb (J*T agreeing with
grammatical subject
9.4
in
Drill
-c- xi
wU
^j)ji>i 01
-l?
Madonna very much
like
2.
Some
3.
Do you (least formal) lake these big buildings?
4.
like biriyani very
5.
don't like meat, but
6.
Did Reshma
people like tea more than coffee.
much
like the
like
but
can't eat rice.
sweets very much.
Chinese food?
179
Mi
d$ jH >
j? j
jSVu
ff
-^ j% ** tf j? f A
j% *r $P& o / r r ,f
-ut Ji&ti
Urdu)
/eft
$M fk
H tSuEig
*jU
je
f&
-r
7.
When Ravi was
8.
He
is
in India, he did not like watching Indian movies.
my favorite
actor but
9.5
3 marks
he cannot sing well. His voice
in Infinitive
not very good.
^ Construction
+ C-
the logical subject of "the infinitive
is
"
construction which conveys that something
"has to be," "is necessary," or "must be done."
_*_
fc*>
/J*
AH has to study.
_^
Of
Rahim
At
times, the verbal infinitive
Urdu-Hindi the
f(j
has to go.
may have an object.
In
such a situation, in some dialects of
infinitive agrees with that object:
Ali has to read the book.
In
the above sentence, the verbal infinitive fc-* has been declined to lj
object of ***> is feminine. In order to
make
a negative sentence,
^/?
is
i?
because
used.
Ali doesn't have to study/read.
Ali doesn't have to study/read {emphatic).
In the past
and future tenses, the verb
is
replaced by the auxiliary L^ or
Rahim had
to
180
go home.
%3t\
ta-*C-\ the
Jjt
Rahim
Ur/ff- J
will
have to go home.
AH had to read the book.

In
0%
the last sentence, the verb ij
agrees with the gender of
its
object
i'1/
9.6 Infinitive as the Subject
In
the "infinitive
+ C-
" construction, the infinitive can also act as the subject of the sentence.
It is
If an
adjective
predicate
is
of the
necessary to study/studying
necessary.
inserted between the infinitive and <_, then the adjective
becomes the
infinitive.
good to study/studying
It is
In the past
is
and future
tenses, the auxiliaries t^
It
and
good.
replace
^-:
was good to study/ studying was good.
Jfst \ii
It
IFJf
is
will be
b%
good to study/studying will be good.
9.5-9.6
Drill
-^
?<i-
181
b*%
l*%
atf.
&$
&1 / J-
& ff*
.^
if
ok
fjg,
"J crjy <fff$

*
i/fefi
i/(
Ju-
&
*
have to write these three essays (papers) by tomorrow.
2.
Do you have to
3.
4.
What do they have
5.
She doesn't have to cook.
6.
What did you have
have to go
read your friend's letters at this time of the night?
to school
to
to
on Sunday.
do tomorrow afternoon?
do all day yesterday?

9-7
in
^-jf Constructions
%-[? constructions are similar to "the infinitive
+ dL.
182
" construction in that the logical subject
in
such constructions
is
also
marked by jf
iJg
is
an impersonal verb form
ihal
may be
preceded by either a noun or a verbal infinitive. In case of a noun, the construction means that
ihe
noun
is
desired, wanted, or needed
by the
Jim wants
(logical subject "Jim"
-2ft
In this
Aj,
/^>
book,
marked by
Jt
object desired
is plural,
then
i^Jg
love,
marked by /)
Q\p may be optionally nasalized:
Do you want
In the past tense, the
W J\
world everyone needs
(logical subject "everyone"
If the
For example,
logical subject.
these clothes?
construction uses the past auxiliary I/. Since the logical subject
marked by J the past auxiliary will agree

,
in
number and gender with
is
the desired object
Examples:
Raj wanted an apple, (the auxiliary
Nargis wanted some
In order to
it
\J~
agreeing with ^l-Û')
convey the sense that something "ought to" or "should be" done, a verbal
placed before
between
saris, (the auxiliary
W agreeing with *-*")
^Lw. The
and
logical subject continues to
the impersonal
^}f
183
be marked by j
infinitive
is
which cuts off agreement
~2*U t*
/ J*
Ali ought to study/read.

>
The
little girl
In
some dialects of Urdu-Hindi, the verbal
its
object, if it has one:
jgft
ought to sleep now.
infinitive is
made to
agree
m number and gender with
0r> -cr/J*
Ali ought to read the book,
(verb &*- agreeing with
The shopkeeper ought
its
object
^^
to sell these fruits.
(verb CC* agreeing with
its
object
{J?
In the past tense,
\tf is
added
at
the end of the sentence. This auxiliary will agree
gender with any object of the verbal
infinitive.
in
number and
Examples:
-IS *)g
Ws /
Ali ought to have/should have studied.
jl ^y
& JC /juts*
The shopkeeper ought to have/should have sold these fruits.
tÛ
constructions
may be
put into the negative
by using the particle ijJ
Placing fjZ1
toward the end of the sentence increases the emphasis of the negation. Example:
184
A college student should

9.1 Reading
not drink alcohol!
and Translation
Drill
-M* tu o\> / J.
^tffl ff
Jft k% M\ 3*j A /^l
'^ $fd$ j\s Ct-jZff
Jf
jfytf ji fah f
fft cd*
/f
l/-tf- J*- *
J4
id$ *
A V
-OÛ
yji
jtf>
.J<
/ J*^ elf
_r
J? Q\r
jfij c. of^ **/ fjJ*J
ti JSt
He ought
2.
We ought to eat but we have to go
3.
Sunil ought not to have fallen in love with Nargis!
to write these papers (essays)
now.
there.
185
4.
Both these houses are expensive. Would you
5.
6.
Wc ought to wash
7.
would
some
like
salt,
our clothes..
The guest wanted some more
alcohol.
Sheila's brother wants five shirts.
9.
The patient
0.
buy them?
onions, and bread.
8.
like to
(sick person) ought to
Rahim should have sold
have drunk this medicine.
this beautiful carpet yesterday.
9.8 J with Abstract Possessions
i marks the
"worry"
possessor of abstract nouns such as "tiredness" (\y
(/),
"leisure"
(C^/) and
Chapter
"happiness" ((.T-^),
so on. In this construction, the verb agrees with the abstract
noun being possessed since the logical subject
further in
),
in English is
marked with J
We will discuss this
when we consider expressions of possession.
-^ J*
am tired.
Do you have free time?
We are very worried.
Sunil needed
In the last
money
(lit.
Sunil had the need for money).
example above, the past tense auxiliary {J

>
abstract
noun <*>J)f
186
is in
the feminine agreeing with the
9.8
_^ cF ff
_^_ \S? **s
\$J
If
U* 6 A
if'
Drill
M\4 ^j \*Jo\>f
f J-
.-
\j
-fsffiS-?'
&u%
&&
\jt
ffih^
~d$ *s) /J- j <j/<j? J.

.<*#
^Jy*
&/.
bl~f &*J es.f&ij'
-if ^ji/1 ^. \&>)

!?i/
187
f/ifa
^4~
&? \\ L.1 ok. /$?
Translate the following sentences into Urdu;
My friends
2.
3.
Are you (informal) happy today?
4.
No.
5.
6.
The
7.
Did you need more books from the
can play tomorrow because they have free time (leisure).
cannot work because
am very
tired.
am worried because tomorrow evening 1
have some free time today and
patient
ought
needed the best doctor
books from the library
last
(lit.
to
play tennis.
had need of the best doctor).
library last night?
(lit.
did you have the need for
more
night?)
9,9 Special Object
When
have to go to school.
certain pronouns in the oblique case are
Forms
combined with J > they generally have a
form:
f*
A/*
cJ
/>
fm
ttf.i
/</
of
188
special
The use of these special forms
is:
considered preferable in idiomatic Urdu.
have to work.
Both these sentences are grammatically correct, but the second sentence
that
the combination
of pronouns and postpositions
is
only possible
is
when
more
idiomatic. Note
the postposition
immediately follows the pronouns.
9.9
Drill
-%*+ J?
tut
JZ^ /wf
J d< &sj \$LJft

189
.[/
cJ
J?
He has a
2.
Do you
3.
To whom will you
4.
5.
Do you (informal)
6.
lot
Urdu using the
of work but he has to go there.
(informal) have free time?
him
will send
in
(least
formal) give this book?
have a cough?
home
last night!
9.10
this
We don't have free time.
the evening.
should have gone
When two actions
special object form.
am very sick today
Stem +
are performed consecutively
y/Zl
by the same
subject, the sentence is
formed
in
manner:
stem of the infinitive of the
The enclitics
verb
is
or
first
verb
divide the
J lc +
conjugated form of second verb.
two actions and can be used interchangeably unless the first
%J or a complex verb formed
with
tJ
If this is
the case then only the enclitic
be used.
Having danced,
(subject
The second verb
is
verb
stem
sing,
enclitic verb 2)
conjugated and agrees with the subject.
Having done work,
190
watch T.V.
L-
can
The "stem +
J " construction occurs in one of the common Urdu phrases used to express
"please/* Instead
of using
"having done a kindness")
*=^- (JL^/.for "please" or "kindly," the phrase
may be
used. In formal Urdu, the verb tL/*
(lit.
-J (Jl//
(lit.
"to order, to
command")
is
commanded
a kindness") being employed as a very polite equivalent of the English "please."
sometimes used instead of fcr
!?>-l
resulting in the phrase
y &*
it|l
a.
Please fasten the child's seat
If 0{yf
(lit.
"having
i&
belt.
Combine the two sentences in the following manner and then
translate
them
into English:
Example:
Having eaten the food,
-<Z-C
*
191
go home.
J&U
t>> J&
IT*
-<Z-
9.10 Reading and Translation Drill
-4_ J
9.11
m? J^M f\.) jty
Noun-Verb Agreement
in
Urdu
In Urdu, if there are several inanimate nouns, the number-conjugation
the last object
in
the series.
192
of the verb will depend on
-<z~ J>i &f. $sj

I
The end verb
is
C-
jiS
like rice, dal,
instead of ijt because {jiJ
<Jb<J*Jf s J-
and bread.
is
singular. If the series
of nouns has animate
beings, then the verb will be in (he plural:
like Ali, Rashid, Ravi,
9.11
and Gita very much.
*JlJi&t u\c&
^ $k* ft/I
Damon, Brad
Tom Cruise. Which actors do you
1.
Sheila likes Matt
2.
Please give Neil and
3.
Do you
4.
Do you (informal)
5.
We don't like Amitabh Bachchan. Our favorite actor
<>.
Mallar liked that blue
7.
Abid has
(least
to
Pitt,
and
like?
Dimple apples, oranges, and milk.
formal) like chicken curry and rice?
like
Lata Mangeshkar and
Muhammad Rafi? WTio are they?

is
Shahrukh Khan.
shirt.
buy some pens and books from the

9.12 Cardinal
store.
Numbers 51-60
01
9.13 Expressing
The verb l,
"to strike,
1
'
is
used
used, t^ is only used for
and *L~ for
It's
It's
For expressions
all
0,
^<_
In this construction,
hour \%
one would say "having struck
J }L
~\Jt
8,
\f*
is
&&
61
djfr
az
Q)3\&\
dh
tf
&<\
lfV~
are
wXl
enclitic
J }c-~.
minutes."
O^ \Ji f%Jft
-t# o^r U? *
t>
C and then followed by the number of
before the hour, the postposition ij
with the verb C, The postposition <J~ puts the infinitive Cf

9:40
J/IL
combined with the
it is 1
arc added to the stem of
To express minutes
&r
_ oJJ
-(J?
eleven o'clock.
5:20
d%
other numbers.
indicating minutes past the
*r
to express time in phrases that are equivalent to the
one o'clock.
8:10
minutes.
Urdu
the Enclitic
In order to express complete hours, the past participles of
English "o'clock.
In order to say 8;
in
Time with
dLZ
used instead of
into the oblique.
-Ut %1& *J$ JZ&r \Jj

194
is
J ltL~
There are twenty minutes
(literally:
To state that something will occur or take

"at,"
when a specific number of minutes
is
jS?
The
is
4-
used
i/i
is
in its
oblique form,
i.e.,
Z-. Example:
&
will depart at ten o'clock.
jtv L- jTi tfj
train will depart at
one o'clock.
airplane is arriving at five minutes past ten.
The
airplane
is
arriving at five minutes to ten.
To express a.m. or p.m., the time of the day
is
stated with
if
appropriate:
Come at two p.m. (lit. two o'clock in the afternoon)!

Sometimes the possessive
Z may also be used
Where were you going

To express exact time,
the
word
u*
is
used for
generally not explicitly used but
(Note: past participles in above two examples arc in the implied oblique)
The
is
mentioned. With other lime expressions involving
implied. Consequently the past participle of
- i/jrt
the striking often.)
place at a certain time, the postposition
complete hours (or fractions of hours), the postposition
The train
in
in this construction instead
at ten o'clock at night (at
of
10 p.m.)?
used before the time expression:
Our
little
daughter wakes every morning at exactly 4 o'clock.
9.13
J?
_fc* jbj
cl.
MA
qw J, jt . jl
6^ J.j 6u$ ii -
s* -
-ut c-j
jV
til
4W o^
Jtt-cfJ'^ *ftf 'V
t>j^fc*\j *>} if1 -c-
196
yij Old'
rf
_r
Write out the following times in Urdu:
1.
1:00
11.
ll:39p.m
2.
2:10
12.
12;40a.m.
3.
3:17
13.
1:43
4.
4:20 p.m.
14.
2:47 a.m.
5.
5:22 a.m.
15.
3:49 p.m.
6.
6:24
16.
4:51p.m.
7.
7:25
17.
5:52 a.m.
8.
8:28 p.m.
18.
6:54 p.m.
9.
9:32
19.
7:55
10.
10:37
20.
8:58 p.m.
Translate the following passage into English:
fJ&/*
m
\$j
-f-
a>*s
KJ tff JJ fm* -^
Jt JZjfif
,jyt>
os
-^
LV
1^>
& \f
cK" iS/ 6i> - U
^Y
197
4#
~f-
fcf
^ ~U* &J
fys
jrffi/
,y
^- iSp
\fi
% **^ ^
9.14
P" (Conversation)
*x \f ^>
hJj*
t/^Jr L'-^
Iji
^'
(jty
-Us<
jtf-
db*.
^ -f-
<^
<zS-
/if
*$ &f J\s <-j (

(f
Offr
U*~
i* eft
198
'O
'^J~ J
**
'*/)
U\ '0\
&'
~f (t^Jn J
*
(1)
Create a dialogue with at least 8-10 sentences, using the following words and constructions:
M
infinitive
infinitive
*wf
verbal stem
9.15 Conversation Practice (2)
Madhu, how
Anil:
Hello,
Madhu:
Fine, thanks.
Anil;
No,
don't
What are you doing here? Do you come
come every Sunday, but I have to do a
done my work,
Madhu;
Yes,
are you?
lot
to
work even on Sunday?
of work today. Having
can play tennis with Ashwin,
also don't have a lot of free time. Having done this work,
199
have
to
cook. There
Anil;
Would you
health.
Madhu:
is
no food
in
the house-
with Ashwin and mc? Playing tennis
like to play tennis
is
good
for
We play tennis at five o'clock.
like tennis
very much but
ought to study. Can
play with both of you
tomorrow?
Anil:
Yes,
we can play tomorrow.
have to go.
am
meeting Ashwin at ten minutes
to five at his house.
Madhu:
Take these. These are very good sweets.
Anil:
These sweets are very good. Can I give them
Madhu:
No, you eat these.
can
Ashwin?
to
make more for Ashwin tomorrow.

9.16 Songs
**- ***
**
^ dk % v
~,
ft ft fj
^ {fk
ft ft U?
d*
&* ji\ <Jx

f9 (9
200
(i

*~\S*2*
(r
******* ft*
(
Cf.
up *f-
(^ up
(
t e t
t)?^_
14
^X 4
j4 ty fc
201
^/i
t e t
e)
/f &
/tf|
% .
(^ jp ?
(-
J-
//
f(
>i
^ AJ ^ *?
Glossary- for Songs
\J fi = understanding,
\J = (lower bud (0
awareness (m)
Jbr, = glow, shine; freshness (m)
{*/ ~ youthfulness; adolescence (m)

\J
= fervor, zeal, ardor (m)
\J i)
= fault, blemish (m)
{jytJi=
1^1/
Af
(**t-X-=
intoxicating; stupefying; perplexing
denial (m)
J*/ ~-= restless, uneasy, anxious
= confidence,
trust
6J6i = promise (m)
disreputable, infamous
rV my beloved
(f)
(Persian)
9.17 Vocabulary
tf
to call/invite
to
come
(m)
g/- desire, wish (f)
hold; to seize
J\^m = spring season
= consent, agreement (m)
J&{ = refusal,
= arm; sleeve (f)

to
&
out, to arise; to depart
byt
to depart, to set out
j\f
cough (i)
to enter (formal Urdu)
til
fever; wrath;
jftjl
o^
essay/composition (m)
steam (m)
y(T-
Jf
girlfriend (for girls)
J\
hand (m)
happiness
Jku
(f)
hour (m)
202
in that direction/in this direction
intention
(m)
'
Jj\ ffjl
fciL/J
h^-""*
intoxicating
<z -/J
late
leisure; free
time
iJi^
'
(f)
medicine (I)
<&L
pleasing
\$Mt*M.
poor thing/fellow (f/m)
fj^v
quiet/silent
to sell
to
*"
send
shirt(f)
to sit
down
*i
(formal Urdu)
sixty
some, few; scanty,
stroll,
walk, tour
little;
less
jC
(f)
to stroll, to take a walk, to tour
tiredness (f)
voice, sound, noise
to
wake
to
wash
worry
J*3
(f)
I? If /B*
up/rise
(f.
'
CxJ
or rn.)
203
Chapter 10
10.1
The verb
w'lf
the generic form of the verb "to know,"
When the
The Verb tlf, "To Know"

is
used
in the
following instances:
subject desires to express familiarity/acquintance with a person.
When the subject expresses knowledge about a general fact or an area/field
2.
When t'U
is
used
in
j Remember that j
.
cases in which
is
its
object
is
animate or specific, then the object
a postposition and nouns/pronouns marked by
it
or a
is
skill.
marked by
will be in the oblique.
-Ok OU /&li* j*
(subject
- object object marker /- verb)

I
know Salman.
(subject object
-LM
I
In the last
object marker y verb)
know
Olf
this
boy.
<JA j$
know Urdu and
vJ jt
Hindi.
example, Urdu and Hindi are inanimate objects, so they are not marked by J
Important note: The verb llf should not be coniused with the verb tlf "to go."
is
c/U while that of tlf
means
"1
go." Similarly,
is If.
Thus (JjH Plf \JL means
"I
know" while
K\Jty U means "1 will know" and
204
The stem of
\Jjtf
Dlj5lf tj~ means
t*lf
Hf
jZ
"I will go."
10.1
?Ut 2LU
<!J2
-<L\ \J$
fjsfft
^_U
!(/ cflf
i-e
i#V
VU
<\f
M -j3*
ft
ft \/t
?t# 214? tfe/f
*J A/
JV
^ w .f
^J <*Z 6m <^'
U>3^ d\ <s"f (fH e'\A of

10.1 Substitutions
these girls
that beautiful girl
your brother
his family
?. <L\*
ji f({)
these players/athletes
those students
205
-r
our daughters
this clever girl
Hindi
German
Gujarati
Bengali
names of these people

this
10.2 tjt
ist
famous poet
and the auxiliary verb
a restricted context.
fc/f .
In
name
{&* Construction
comparison to
primarily denotes knowledge
It
names
that clever boy's
f r*\ or "to be known," is a complex verbal formation,
fj*^
their
fc-lf ,
formed with the predicate adjective
the construction tfi
of one specific
fact or a
fr**
is
used
in
group of
ascertainable facts such as:
1.
times of the day
2.
prices of things
3.
names of people, etc.
fc-
\f,
being a more expansive verb "to know," can often replace t.K
usually not possible. In t>f
fs9^
(****'* ,but
constructions, the logical subject in English
the reverse
is
is
marked by 1
Do you know the time?

(Note: Although
object,
and JZJ)
translation
w
is
'
is
the logical subject in English, in
Urdu
it is
actually the grammatical
the grammatical subject, with which the verb \,yt agrees.
of the example above
is:
"Is the
time
known
206
to
you?")
The
literal
fJ*
tug
ft
\j\f\j\*\Jf
Does he know their names?
In
is
the
example above, the verb fc#
is in
the plural because the grammatical subject
don't
know the
Similar to the ttf
'
y9*
knew
that
It
too
/^
is
used:
he was worried.
construction, but perhaps
, meaning "trace, clue, hint; address."
i/j
price of this thing.
the past tense, the appropriate form of the auxiliary
in
Urdu (p*C)
plural.
-*/ f-y *
In
in
is
more
colloquial,
is
one
that
employs the word
used with the verb ijt with the logical subject
information.
English being marked by /to indicate knowledge of a specific fact or piece of
Do you know where
is
the Shalimar garden?
Sir, I don't
may also be used with the verb l^, with

verb "to
come
to
know.
the logical subject in English marked by
know."
When
will
we (come to) know
207
about this matter?
r, as the
10.2 Reading
and Translation
Drill
-/ (^ U? &A Sif/u^ *& U<

.*=_
fj*
t+ f>*
-f-
lM*m
2Q8
h* SJ\s Y1 /j.
6^t-
-^
ft
Jf
lTî *_,i* /vr <ur
f>*
&J tfodr
~<~
f>"
&i
ffl
/^ *c4
iJ-
_r
10.3
The Verb
We have already encountered
and Knowledge of Learned/ Acquired
6J
t i in
its
sentences that denote the knowledge
logical subject in
English
is
meaning
"to
come." 1
of a learned/acquired
also used in constructions in
is
skill.
In such a construction, the
marked by J thus becoming an object

,
Urdu or the
with the grammatical subject in
?<^
in
Urdu. The verb agrees
logical object in English:
know Urdu.
>$*
/
frf IV
Skills
/wf
<l/
v
*
Do you know how to play sarod?

In
the first sentence, the verb
is
feminine because
second sentence, the verb
is
masculine because
the
tv^ r "to play sarod/'
is
its
grammatical subject (Urdu)
its
is
feminine. In
grammatical subject, the infinitive J9y^
a verbal noun in the masculine. Note that the grammatical subject of 1
can either be a proper noun, 9Jjl t or a verbal noun, tl^. Sometimes, the agreement
will
vary depending on the definition of the grammatical subject:
?^
rf
\$#f>J
to?
Do you know how to

The grammatical subject
the
of the verb
in the
sentence above
is
<\S
drive a car?
tl^ ij)c
/'driving a car/ hence the verb is in
mascul ine.
Do you know how to drive a car?

Jn
the second example, since ijip
and
in that
case so will the verb 1
is
feminine, the infinitive ti^ can take on a feminine ending,
In the past tense, the appropriate
209
form of the auxiliary l^
is
used.
Raj used
10.3
to
know how to
dance.
Drill
trf
-<f-
?^tf tsf
..
-i>
fc-T
tlf
.^
fc-r
tj/^ ^r
Iff
<uj, J.
lf({/u?
ti%
?U^
<Jf
Jyjs
t-r
Ul
cri
;/ u/
tife-
^ J\ _J
10.3 Substitutions
how
to dance
how
to
how
how
210
<\f
-<=_
J ^/r> r
-^
to
swim
cook
to eat
Uf_
will
used to
t-T)
know
how to
know how
used to
will
(tJ)
know
to
/t/y
read this book
cook Indian food
little
Chinese
know how to make yogurt
10.3 Translations
Translate the following into idiomatic Urdu:
Do you know my favorite -actor?
2.
3.
Excuse me,
4.
My grandmother (maternal) used to know the famous actor Dihp Kumar.
5.
6.
Does Nargis know how to make spaghetti with Indian spices?
know who Javed Akhtar
is,
but I don't
do you know where
sir,
know that Amitabh Bacchan
10.4
When &?J
"to ask"
is
is
is
taller
know him
than you (informal).
Hi
I
*-
if
animate or
is
if*
followed by a <=
ask him.
indirect object -- marker
I will ask that
The direct object,
poet, isn't he?
The Verb C^V, "To Ask"
-u*
(subject
He is a
the post office?
used in Urdu, the indirect object
(subject
(personally).
CL~
verb)
woman,
indirect object marker - verb)
specific, is followed
211
by ij~
*A
Ifthe object
is
not
.r
vL Zl
animate or specific, the use of \jZ
am asking him
(subject
is optional.
<;
about All.
indirect object marker i- animate direct object object marker
\ji
^~jL I
-verb)
j? c^y ijtÂ
I
(subject
--
&\ aO ^t
used to ask
indirect object
10.4
him about
tf
j-i \Jt
this matter.
marker i- inanimate direct object verb)
Drill
~c- l^y ft t\$& -jt

-<=.
i^y
ft
off
)j\tz- /
o'i
*-
(m
|
-tf* (J<y
J& u$ S
G< if
o'i
* h <^ u/-
a*4 Jy
c-
$ if jiot'uf
1
^ ^ r^' ^ J'^
J^ wT< c y>-.^c^l c//
212
7
a-
4** w
-r
10.4 Substitutions
That
girl
These boys
My brother
Your clever friend
4~h cdSncdLfM
ajx&h
that girl
you r brother
boy
these doctors
home
my father
Irnran Khan's address
that athlete
that
that vagabond's
10.5 -The
Verb l^ with
C~ and /
The meaning of certain verbs changes depending upon the postposition with which they are
used.
1)
t* + postposition
^ to mark the object means "to meet":
meet (with)
They meet
(with) those girls.
In the
above sentences, the object (of meeting)
2) fc*
+ postposition s to mark
its
Ali.
is
marked with CL~.
logical subject in
213
English means "to
get, obtain, find":
-r
-u!
find
God
there.
& stZ A/1
He gets those
Where do you
In the
things.
gel (hese books?
above sentences, the logical subject in English, that
obtaining, or finding something
is
is
the person/thing
marked by / Note that the verb
in all
who
is
getting,
the sentences agrees
with the things that are being obtained or found.
10.5
Drill
-O*
?l
-.
few
J &. t& & & \f- iuU f if J

-s
*d
uif
[ft o\i
<u?
& tf *** * it M f- 'f

1+.
v.
fok.
J&
.ajffjCjk J>i
214
-r
ku tfjic
c^.c- <J\
-& ejfb USf-V
tft/0
*&flJ*
We are meeting those boys today.
2.
Can
3.
They get
4.
What can you
5.
Those girls want to meet Shahrukh Khan.
6.
Where
7.
Raj used to get sweets from this famous sweet shop.
meet that famous professor?
all
will
those beautiful things
(informal) get in Canada?
find medicine for this illness?
10.6
When
the verb
in India.
t? means
The Verb
tfwith C- and /
"to tell," the person to
whom something is being said
or told
is
usually
marked by GL~.
1 tell
Û*
\gf&\ jT'
I tell
When the
object of v^ is
them.
marked by J then
,
them
it
c-
erf
a thing.
means to call
something negative, but not necessarily so.
215
the object something, usually
What do people call you?
-U7
2&H for* wT J>

People
call
your lips
What is this thing called

10.6 Reading
rubies.
in
English?
and Translation Drill
-Jtf tflti ^ ^ Jl jt
-^
Translate the following sentences into Urdu;
Why are you telling me these things?

216
if US
^*
*=-
^M
_l
go there."
2.
Tell him, "don't
3.
What
4.
What does he tell your friends?
5.
What does he call your friends?
is
"love" in
Urdu?
10.7 Indefinite
{}j
Pronouns and Adjectives
can be used as a pronoun or an adjective and, depending on context,
may mean "someone,
anyone, any; approximately."
Somebody
When
(J j
is
is
used as a pronoun in an affirmative sentence, then
a particular person. (J J as a pronoun subject
singular too.
playing over there.
When
\Jj
is
used with
is
\J$ , then
it
means somebody* anybody,
usually singular, hence the verb remains
it
means nobody.
Nobody was over there.

(j.y
may also be used
as an adjective, as in the following sentence:
?cIs
Do you
The oblique form of
J/
is
<J
\j
7 (>f(jyV
some man coming?
need any book from the library?
'.
You ask someone concerning this matter.

217
or
Before specific numbers i}jf
In this
case
its
oblique form
The
may also be used as
is
the
an adjective meaning "some, approximately."
same as the nominative:
price of this shirt
was approximately three hundred rupees.
Among these fifty apples, approximately four or five will be

Note: Following idiomatic usage, the noun
oblique form because a specific
j% can
also
^J"
number -- t/L^
second sentence does not adopt
precedes
There
as an adjective
is
it
little."
something over there.
means some or a few.
There were some boys playing over there.
When
f<g is
used with {J3
it
means "nothing."
There
When
used with ij
it
is
nothing over there.
means "anything at all, anything whatsoever; nothing at
fife
Mummy darling,
{*-
M A^fJÂi
do you want anything at
218
all
its
plural
it.
be used as an indefinite pronoun or adjective. Depending on context,
"something, anything; somewhat; some, any; a
Jr
in the
rotten.
{/
from the market?
all."
may mean
10.7
V o^J'if^f
JZ&VJ U[> &/ if

j
0( jt c- ifji v
-^ if (iffif& -^
f J
ft a* U^c
ot/c
-ul U Jjy d"~ d> wf
-m uz
ifr
aj*
&% Hi
it
219
um - u/>
t/f
<\f
4V
Translate into idiomatic Urdu:
Do you need some work?
2.
The poor boy
3.
Can anyone take (use verb
4.
Is there
5.
6.
Because of air pollution,
is
so sick
any need
on account of love
that
he cats nothing
tlf *-~) this chi Id to the hospital?
at all.
He is somewhat sick.
(CWV^) to go to Delhi?
think that at night you will not be able to get any taxis from the hotel.
will not stay in
10.8 Fractions
Los Angeles.
and Mass Measurements

Fractions
Fractions used to express quantity in
Urdu
are as follows
ft
quarter
half
*4
3/4
\y
1/4
numeral
1/4
numeral +
2 1/2
jw
220
numeral + GL-jis
numeral + 1/2
(except for 11/2 and
Note:
<i
Uo
[lit.
1/2, see
above)
and )J are only used as adjectives with nouns and not with numerals.
quarter less than]
is
used before numerals to mean three quarters,
3/4 kilo mangoes
quarter less than two).
[lit.
Please cut 3 3/4 yards
-&$g $sj
T
quarter less than four].
[lit.
ifJ*
&
want half a bread.
eft ilu tfe ui
d?
We want 3/4 cup of tea.

Note;
Z-Vand^'\s
can only be used with numerals and not with nouns.
want 5
Do they
1/2 kilos of apples.
want
3/4 kilos of meat?
Review of Fractions from 1-4

a
1/4
SI
1/4
Ir-
2 1/4
sj
\y
3 1/4
\y
1/2
UuTrjrjl
1/2
*i
21/2
fjw
3 1/2
ate**
3/4
jy
3/4
L.J
2 3/4
cX ,Ly
33/4
A *Ly
jCi
*J
(^4
221
-/If
Note:
Numbers
larger than four follow the
same pattern to express
fractions as for the numeral
3.
Mass Measurements
In the
previous chapters
we have seen that mass nouns in Urdu (O*) are treateo
** singular
entities just like their English counterparts:
This water
Similar logic
is
followed for other nouns like {J
-+
is
/? (vegetables).
ifi \$J?
This vegetable
The above sentence expresses
good.
is
good.
the opinion that a specific type of vegetables^ in
mass quantity,
is
good. If you want to express that more than one kind of vegetables are good, then ijyf' should
be expressed
in plural
form:
These vegetables
As far as
specific
(different kinds) are good.
measurements are concerned, the words used to express measurements
immediately precede the thing that
is
being measured.
-Jj
dfe
One cup
J&
(of) sugar.
Two spoons (of)
salt.
Note that Urdu disposes of any possessive postpositions that are the equivalent of the English
222
of
10.9 Telling
Time in Fractions
12:45
1:00
1:15
1:30
1:45
2:00
2:15
-t| _
jj Ir-
2:30
-at _
jw
2:45
-L* 4r
d 2-4
3:00
-m^rd
3:15
-Ul
3:30
-c _
The pattern
is
regular
As we have seen
of o'clock.
in
^ v? ir
\J>
<*Jt"
from 3:30 to
2:30.
Chapter 9, the past participle of C (\f-l~)
As long as
the base
number
Note that 30 minutes past the hour
is
is
1 ,
time
is
is
used as the Urdu equivalent
expressed as l^, that
used.
-L?
Write out the following times
in
S)
the singular.
expressed through dZ-jKs except in the case of 1 :30
{&/>) and 2:30 (CSU'J). To express am or pm, times of the day such as
&ij are
in
is,
*Ly
CO ;&
Urdu:
223
i)
1:45
pm
(J/
J&
)),
C^-, and
5:45 pm, 6.30 am, 7:15 am, 12:45 am, 2:30 am, 2:45 pm, 1:15pm, 8:00 am, 1:30 am, 11:45
10.9
Drill
~&b Jjb
*lft
-ty
?t|
^ LV
J<
off
& it
j/&i
lift
T*
in
jf% f J*
mil
f ,J tf
// <uiT J.
ît ZJU / wT 4/
Answer the following questions
pm
mm Jfe 4 u/ 4/
r
'
complete Urdu sentences:
?c 2Llf /(/" l hi 6\
224
-'
^Tl/ /"student" Ui J
-^
^ c/~
jr
jL/y 4 Jui Jm^ vT
jf
*$
?<rf --<
fig
10.10 Cardinal
Numbers 61-70
y<
11
yi
(Jrts )Jrj,
ir
**4
if
jja
ia
11
O>0 jry
1^.
fr%
1A
^19
225
10.11
?<f-
^l/
- *F J ^f fc*f,J? (J" f ^t >\f-j
jj m -a* &\
iu*
iT&o
h}
\S~
fdf lA
<U[ 'U[
S c- fk* f&i <j/~l ef&
4' ***
d*' ASjs Jd't <
fj*
1*1
^(Conversation)
<=- l/f
-f_ I*
-f,
vie-
J^S* -U 4_*i (/(
**S lfc~
liX -l
226
^V
f A/\th
f*
t/
:J
-uO
JQ
L?
(c.
r
-c-\f*
&?
if'
Mj -# (f <-> && /k*J (

\U
-0* J7 !f
^'
iji '(/'
i?f
&J fj\ J*
ef
."
<U?
t-r
jlJwJ)
fjP
60 $M\tf. -u?
i#
&j
<i/f
ury
A f -u* &% ^;if
-Jjf 0% J\s
!%
&J
W, -t^
:(/0
-_V [f
i/L
\J.
my friend Seema. We are going to buy paan for Seerna's mother.
Anil:
Hello Usha. This
Usha:
Yes,
Seema:
How are you, Usha?
Usha:
f ine, thanks. Anil, do you know
Anil:
No, I don't. But Seema knows how
Usha:
is
know Seema. She
have to go
studies with me.
to Shehla's house.
how
She
to drive a car?
to drive a car.
is
very
227
ill.
Where do you have to go?
But her house
is
very faT and the bus
always C-%\) leaves

Seema:
know
Shehla. She
is
late.
a good friend of mine.
Can we come along with you to
Shehla's
house?
Usha:
Of course.
Anil:
Do you know the address
Usha:
Yes,
it
Anil:
OK,
let's
is
I have to buy
some fruits
of the
for Shehla.
fruitseller's
Can we
all
go to the
fruitseller's
shop?
shop?
near that big hospital.
go after half an
hour.
Seema and
will
be here with the car at 4:30 pm. Be
ready!
10.13 Songs
L.if if,
\A-J*
i/'
-^
ut J^ i/'~ if>
cSj \S/' d~*
U* tfuzw
(# iff*
e- lf>
if
fjL JU js
<=_
if &
jfft
&S/L-J0 $/f~ifr i/f

228
a.
&
jii
tT y
>U JTi
^_
If
,_>
(^y tr
IT
>j*
o-^
Glossary for Songs
îy =
&J =
a lord, prince, governor (m)
season
uS^V ^f/%
fyy*
= wave (f)
i)hj -
(f)
(/"=season
filled
with intoxication C^-?=
flow, flux, going
life,
(0
existence; livelihood (m)
,?= song, melody (m)

10.14 Vocab. ulary
address; hint, clue, trace (m)
to
air,
come
to
know;
I**
to find out
Hi
wind (f)
J*^
aerial
JÂ*
air pollution (f)
ju
Jv
tM
to be/become upset, angry
birthday (f)
11%
(r
to call (something a
name) (use with /)
ty
cup(f)
Jt,
date/history (f)
fjJs
to drive
tlU
to drive a car
tLb (jjtf
^V
to find
generally, often; most;
many
0>
half
IpJttfaS
(numeral* half)
JLj\s
it
kilogram
to
know
tSi fjfc* ffc-W

j
life,
lifetime; afso
age
(f)
yf
to lose
manner, style (0
Z/s
minister (government) (m/f)
/ })
prime minister (m/f)
Jjs
nobody
{jtf (jj
nothing
\jti
J^
\y
one and a quarter
&%j
one and a half
owl; fool ; stupid (m)
y\
230
permission
&> j\?
(f)
to give permission (to leave)
lo
Ifc
play (an instrument)
0>U(
tl^
ct~C
price, cost (f)
^Jfi-'*
purpose, intent; motive (m)
quarter
51
question (rn)
numeral
\J\y
less than a quarter
L- J
(m)
seventy
somebody/anybody; some
{jy
someth ing/anything
c^ I
speech, word; thing (abstract);
matter; affair (0
uf
^
to spend time, to pass time
spoon; sycophant (colloquiai)(m)
to steal
tf
7V
sugar (f)
{?
sweet
U^
to
swim
\,jZ
temperament, health
(f)
&
three-quarters
true (adj.); truth
(m)
231
two and
1>U*
a half
232
Chapter 11
11.1
The meaning of
noun
tt
is
depends upon
modifying,
it
The
Interrogative
Its
When
location in the sentence.
its
can be translated as "what kind
can be translated as "how."
U?
oblique form
is
of."
When Ur
appears before the
appears before the verb
it
often used adverbially.
What kind of girls
are those?
What kind of boys were those?
?+.
How
i/j*
is
tfL,r
your daughter?
How wil
Note that
U: when not being used

,
and gender with the noun
it
he meet you?
adverbially, acts as a
marked adjective and agrees in number
modifies.
11.1
Drill
<V &X &*\
?c^
233
uirtr
i/4
-<
\-
".-
11.2
V" "how much, how many,"

,
number with the noun
it
like
Uc
The
acts like a
O"
<s.
if\0'it
Interrogative ffi
marked adjective and agrees
in
gender and
modifies.
How many girls are in your class?
How many patients were there in the hospital?
How big is their house?

t*'
can also be used in an exclamatory manner.
i+. in
&J*&\
Their house
11.2
is
so big!
*t *Hr
btf
234
tVfe
Drill
tf ^* i/i
-j
lot c^-s)
if dfl *
lig jj&
I*-
Jfo
141
UZ
lf~'f&+%tj8r{fidkr*i
1J.3 Expressing
constructions depend
*?*J
ftt&jstJ$
"to have." instead,
Urdu uses
convey the corresponding meaning of the Engl ish

the nature
'
three
"to have."
These
of the object possessed.
Expressing human relationships, legal ownership, and parts of the body.
In
on
POa/j*
"To Have"
Urdu does not have the verb equivalent of the English

different constructions to
<-
such
a construction, the possessive adjectives or possessive postpositions {}
with the logical subject in English-
The appropriate form of the verb
future tenses) agrees with the object being possessed.
fc-tf
have two boys,
235
--
L- <0
are used
(in present, past, or
For example:
(possessive adjective -- object of possession
<
verb)
have ten
fingers.
The poor boy has no
one.
That man had a house.
4*
\fat
\f\idfd*
&
Next year Hussein too will have a wife.
.3
Drill (1)
-u?
jk
^ <
.^ j^t wii
-1L \jC
236
t>jj>
erf
\5m
\J\
-f
2.
Expressing possession ofmaterial, movable objects.
In order to express possession of material, movable objects, the postposition
is
its
used with nouns or pronouns representing the logical subject in English.
tenses, agrees
possessive forms
\Ji
or "near'
The verb t^,
with the object being possessed. Note that several pronouns adopt their
when used with
(^/L
That
Z^. For example \J\t~ +(J~ = \J
woman
(logical subject in English
has a
\J"%
<L
lot
tLy
of money,
object of possession
verb)
Do you have these things?
only had two books.
Tomorrow you
11.3 Reading
will have sweets in the shop?
and Translation Drill
-*/
237
M/
(2)
jfl L/t
<-/ <<^
&
in all
-3- wlT'i/S
\<jt Jjjr
3.
c^
t/t
^_x Eft l^
ji
ti/^'
cftf ui
<
fVi/
Expressing abstract possessions.
As already discussed
in
Chapter
9, the postposition
/is used with the subject
in
order to convey
abstract possessions.
have a
lot
He has
of work.
fever.
We were worried.
They did not have any
On account of not sleeping, they
are tired
238
free time at
(lit.
all.
they have tiredness/fatigue).
Do you need this thing? (Do you have the necessity of this thing?)
Note;
&JIJ*
isfeminine, hence the possessive particle preceding
expressionists
&J3/
x, to
(J
11
.3
it
will
always be y. The
have need of x.
Drill
(3)
.f.
-*_ fid
j-
/j> y*
ft?
239
/i%f
|*l
erf
c><
/VT 4jT
-J*
have three brothers and one sister.
2.
Do you (formal) have two eyes?
3.
Bill
4.
We will
5.
They have a lot of work, but they ought to go
6.
Nargis will also need
7.
The
8.
Do you have a need
9.
10-
Excuse me,
11.
The
Gates has a
have a
of money. People say he
lot
lot
of free time.
sir.
\&js/*j to
for a lot
not spend
it
man
in the world.
QtJy)
in
doing useless
things.
there.
have her teeth examined.
of love
in
your life?
about these things.
Do you
sell
combs? I don't have one;
landlord in this village has a
11.4
When
the richest
have a fever but has a cough.
patient doesn't
was very worried
We should
is
lot
&'
The Possessive Adjective
is
meet
want to buy a good comb.
of land and money, but he does not help the poor.
the subject of the sentence is also the possessor
declinable possessive adjective
of a noun
l'
in that sentence,
used:
my (own) professor every day.
She meets with her (own) daughter.
240
then the
ought to do
Our boys will play
my (own) work.
football with their
(own) friends.
Note: l' immediately precedes the possessed object and agrees in
possessed object.
l' is also
number and gender with the
used to emphasize the possessor/owner of nouns. In such
circumstances, (' follows the possessive
This
is
noun or adjective:
his (veiy own) thing.
The White House is not the president's (own) house,

11.4
it is
the house of the
Drill
--&??
241
American people.
M iff
fcJ
t>
-d?d? -H u*-Vfy Su< /erf

The Reflexive Pronoun if
11.5
if is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to the subject of the sentence in

that
manner similar
to
of the English "self or "selves."
\jJH C>> if JL
I
myself study.
-U% 2- If Ufa >?
They themselves go there.

11.5
f&
Drill
J2
\j
f if jt rf #
<H
tj
0\i if
.^
tlf
wf J/
if /cfi
~- t*> if fi/t
-<z_
& #% if w offi*
'jfyii
J? Vfj Jt
U ^j^?
242
i/'
<
f*% *} &j
H *f & fOk
Jt
Translate the following sentences into English:
We will eat with our friends tomorrow.
2.
This
3.
Madonna herself is
4.
Do you (informal) yourself study at Princeton?
5.
6.
We do not cook meat in our house.
7.
Do you yourself know how
8.
Abid himself was helping Nilofer.
9.
Their
10.
In his childhood, the old
1 1.
Please stop (prevent) your children from playing with the flowers in the garden,
is his
(very own) idea.
singing tonight.
used to go to India with
life
my family every December.
to
play the piano?
was so busy that they themselves could not rest.
man had
his (very
11.6
When the
seller
suffix
iihfijb/th
is
own)
hair
and
teeth.
Noun +iih
attached to an oblique noun,
it
frequently signifies the doer,
or user of that noun. In the case of place names, a construction with U *J indicates the
resident
of a place. Several of these expressions with this suffix have idiomatic meanings that are
also listed here.
Feminine
English
tjv
fruit seller
(jlj
\$X
vegetable seller
Jlj
Z->T
(Jlj
Jlj _l~
shoe
seller
tonga driver
243
Masculine
i)h
U?
lib (j
jf
lib
l-
lib
JLtT
6b
V$
villager
6b J*
U'-J
f9
6b
6->
fUnJff
wife, husband
one
who does work,
tikj*
servant
a Delhi resident
-t|
^y
<LU
f%
0(*
J^
^ Uk
c^
Many fruit sellers
l)b
live here.
What does your wife do?
The newspaper man used to come

In
some
instances, the addition
of the I/O suffix
to a
our house every day.
to
noun may
result in an adjective:
like tea with milk.
11.7 Adjective +l)'j
The suffix
vh can be added to adjectives in order to avoid ambiguity or to lay emphasis.
an instance \)b, like the adjective to which
it is
attached, will agree with the
noun
it
In such
is
modifying.
j*
6j 6^
Please give
You would say this
Ji)
me that red
if you are pointing to the red hat
11.8 Postposition or
The addition of the lib
A
hat.
as opposed to hats of other colors.
Ad verb +
lib
suffix to an adverb or postposition transforms
244
it
into
an adjective or a
noun.
Does he
stay in the upstairs
_^ J?
She
is
the girl
&A
who was/is
room?
outside.
_^ c *& A if lib #f
God
(lit.
The One Above) watches us all the time.
-Z-tfujiV- 6b
Please
show me the sari that
11.6- 11.8
-,<.
is
underneath.

0)
-ji &.
-Jn
U> finite
tvj <z-
I)
s><
-Oi 2* J&yi &?. Jh Jl/\
?c &-*
j&
Lj>
tftfi
g*
a/
?/<tf Ljt 4/ LAi art
1^.
245
j%
6j\<> lib
Ju *
f*J >y
-f
I (tot {$ db jJA
*Cf v lA a-/Lb A ( Af
-<f- \j
-o
si
fjfc*
fu>y &
jj &j *s
.. 2Llf
h}
if'i
/(*/<
11.9 Oblique Infinitive
When
the suffix lib
the first usage
it
is
attached to the oblique infinitive
indicates the performer of the action
-Cft
The
2^j U\>
it
jyj
\^J>
_a
LJhM *-*> U^4
can be used in two different ways. In
of the
over
lib
am
+ Ub
infinitive.
U* f|
fruit sellers live
J?
ifi
there.
Where is your worker going?

Note that lib will decline according to the number and gender of the performer of the action of
the infinitive. In the second usage the oblique infinitive used with the lib suffix is used to
denote immediate future or actions about to happen or take place. In such cases, the conjugated
form of \,yt follows the
Ub
suffix.
The suffix will agree
-OK
\
Ub
in
number and gender with the
Lb ttfPiJH
am about to go to India.
246
subject.
She
Note: In the
either as
last
"She
is
example above there
is
about to work" or "She
If the oblique infinite
vh
about to work.
ambiguity
is
construction
relative clause, beginning with
is
in
meaning. The sentence can be translated
a worker."
is part
of a phrase,
"who," "which," or "that" as
it is
may be appropriate:
_ Jj Lj Ufitik\
In this airplane there
best translated in English as a
fy.di*
were people who were going to Bangladesh.
He thinks that the health of a person who eats meat is

11.9
t/'
-t|
generally not good.
Drill
U 2- J/
247
'if
a/.
-'
He is
2.
That
3.
4.
His family has money and they are about to go to Las Vegas.
5.
Many workers will
6.
They are about to
7.
There
8.
The woman who drives the red car used
9.
The train from New York
a Delhi resident and he doesn't like
fruit seller will
not be able to
sell
Mumbai. He ought to go back.
shoes.
am about to buy that white hat. Do you like it?
is
lot
not be able to go to work tomorrow because they have the
sell their beautiful
house
more heat and sunshine
in
in
Lahore.
the big
room
that
is
upstairs.
to live in that big red house.
will be arriving late.
11.10 Cardinal
flu.
It
is
about to leave
New York now.
Numbers 71-80
248
L\
J*
LX
Lr
L?
ft
L&
7*
(^
L.L
jft
L/\
(if ti) tftf
if'
A.
11.11 ^^(Conversation)
-<p
vir-vî
f\X^.
^ _^_ îJ ^^
-lf%
ji
v"0
J -f- ft & b'f U[
-if'
[$/:
&1 -&h
&f-
^x & Jb\ji J\si-j\fd3j\* i/t iff

f ^}
*?
'U\ 'U\
ft &4 ~ji <**} A f -0* tPjf
&s-f{ti
^Jf' Jk%\J?&- \
^Jlf
i$tf i/l
_<_
-_
Jit *L.
tlf
lit
?^_
\j
f(ttf &>>> j/'V
?t -
>j
'/if-
LX> JC? if}
tv
'US
:blj
J%*
^ &h)
t *
J \$ft ute <W -r J/
^//
iji/ '2C uk
jf\d$ j muz
if-
j!.
(.<_/?
'<?-
*& WJty
>}
249
_tf_
J~-
j hi J JS
>j>
/ Jb' -i^f &r &Vl% j* i_& <d> %-' wT

-# r/^f b>
uJ&tJt
*/
8k
Ol
>*'
fjk
ifljt
ifi
/-'
-<f-
^ J?
j6
_ul
:fe
JUl
*&& -^^ J%* ^X if* J
fa >?
^ <& & ^ J&f*ft
J"-
'/&
-uz
^JMi/tf -*- ^ **,JkP * Sit

jlj/ j*/1 *&l tfuf j*
iQg
'U-J
e^.Jl^f, -0\
vfyftfi
j4 6#*~
Ljff&i
*-*
-<z-
LJil nJto
vS ~&- -w*u fii <j\
t&j
f& -<&4r(f & * <J% Sea
Doctor:
How are you doing today?
Anil:
have a stomach ache and severe cough.
also have a fever. Since yesterday
diarrhea.
Doctor: Please open your mouth.
Anil:
Yes, a
Does
it
hurt here?
lot!
250
have
Doctor:
take) rest.
Anil:
think
you have
Drink very
the
little
flu.
I'll
give you medicine. Drink a
m ilk for two or three days.
It
is
of water and get
(literally,
not very good for your stomach.
Do you have a daughter?

name
Doctor: Yes, her
is
Reena.
Do you know her?
Anil;
Yes, she
is
in
my class. Sometimes both of us study
Doctor:
You ought
to
come
with them.
Anil:
lot
When
Thanks. Can
Doctor: No, no.
to our
will
house sometime.
you be
able to
come to your house
We arc free.
in
the library.
have two sons and you can play tennis
come?
Friday evening? Are you busy at that time?
Eat dinner with us. What would you
like to eat?
My wife
is
from
Hyderabad. She cooks Hyderabadi food very well

Indian food very much, but
don't eat meat. Also
don't like very hot food.
Anil:
Doctor;
We also don't eat meat. We arc vegetarians. Don't worry. My wife only puts a little
like
pepper
Anil:
in
our food. So we'll meet you Friday evening. Get
Thank you and good-bye. We'll meet
(literally, take)
lot
of rest.
again.
11.13 Songs
?>
^>
?/*,)/?
/*k ifVf <0\ <U[
&d
I
251
UîJl $
-câk
fy
*& iSj! *& &X
dlf
J/
CI?
ue
'(If
"-;'
liX
4 w
I*'
252
\ji \f\fi
!U
H^ft fjf jfjf
!(?
fojPt4& %
Glossary for Songs
^y. = excuse (m)
b**J =
($T =
heart, soul, spirit;
V =
River Ganges (0
to fade, to sink, to decline
%j) = to break
\>Ji% = to abandon, to give up
C>%
j\
= victory
(f)
K=
f
loss (f); also necklace
(m)
>* enmity (f)
KXs*
River Jumna
(f)
= union, confluence (m)

= to
tease, to torment
11.14 Vocabulary
to
become well
blood (m)
cold (illness) (m)
comb(f)
to
comb
condition
(f)
iff
&iy
cough
0\X
cough (f)
tfV
dangerous
Jitf
to
mind;
intellect
(m)
'
to
have diarrhea
\*S
U&
ear (m)
id
tf
eighty
examination (medical),
'i?'**
investigation (m)
to
tl/^bS
have something examined
(medically)
finger (0
0)J'J
flu(m)
to
go back, return
hair
Ok
(m)
help(f)
to help
to help
C*P
land
JK
landlord (rn)
leg
(m)
mouth, face
nose
{J&tAxgJ
,z*lJ9
(rn)
Jt
(f)
offspring, children (f)
-fJM
pain (m)
J
\j%/
patient (m/f)
254
A$
to pour, to place, to
put
tM
reduced
to be
*ff
to reduce
rest
CA
\f(&
(m)
to rest
self (reflexive); oneself
fi
servant (m)
<&>/
sherbet (beverage) (m)
stomach (m)
*m.
to stop, to prevent
fa
teeth
ygfti
(m)
Jg,
thief{m)
toilet/excrerneni/stool
Jto.
(m)
town/city (m)
J!
until
V*
urine (m)
useful, profitable
useless/unemployed
./
cfe<
worried
255
Chapter 12
12.1 Simple Past
The simple
Tense
past tense indicates an action thai has been completed.
1,
went home.
2.
saw
the movie.
In order to form the simple past tense in Urdu,
it is
know whether the
essential to
transitive or intransitive. Intransitive verbs are those that
verb
is
cannot have objects such as verbs of
motion. Transitive verbs, on the other hand, have objects (for example, the verb "saw" in # 2
above). In addition, there are a few verbs that are transitive
A notable instance is the verb
counterparts are treated as intransitive.
vein, there are a
chart
few transitive verbs
English but their Urdu
in
Urdu whose English
in
ClJ "to bring."
In the same
conterparts are intransitive.
The
below should make these distinctions clear.
Common Intransitive
Verbs
to forget
V&
to
come
to bring
CJ
to
go
to be afraid of/ fear
to fight with
to cry
to smile
to reach
l-T
<^x
d_x
to speak
^x
to live
I*
%j
to live
Ui
t\P
to get
&
to rise
IVJ
256
talk to
to
tfi
tfi
up
awake
to
be constructed/ become
iV
to bathe
to
to climb
ti
dance
fc*
meet x
to
fet
Intransitive
when object
is
not expressed and transitive
is
expressed;
KA
to lose
to
when the object
win
to understand
Common
w*.
Transitive Verbs
open
i^>*
to say
tf
to ask
l^Cy
Hi
to buy
t-4-v
tf
to sell
to see
bd
to sing
to eat
6W
fcl/
to
to
do
to drink
to
7.
wash
fc/\>
todiyx
fc
if ft
l^v
to
to read
t*>
to clean
to write
b4
to fix/repair
to
keep
Note: Urdu has a substantial
work
number of verbs created by adding
t>? ) to an adjective or noun to create a verb. For example, the
work"
is
created by adding the verb
by adding
tJ
to the adjective
transitive verbs, those with
t/J?
ts
hjU.
to the
noun
r*0
a "verbalizer" (usually
Urdu equivalent of the verb
the verb "to clean"
While constructions with is
is
and
"to
similarly created
result in the creation
tif produce intransitive verbs, for example, til
257
i_iU
of
"to be
clean."
12.2
To form the simple

participle is
formed
The Simple Past Tense of Intransitive Verbs
past tense of intransitive verbs, the past participle
in
is
used.
The
past
the following way:
verb stem
(masculine singular subject)
verb stem
+ ^(masculine plural subject)
verb stem
+ y (feminine singular subject)
verb stem
+c (feminine
plural subject)
Examples:
t>t
"to dance"
stem:
Feminine Singular
&t
Masculine Singular
Pronoun
J--
u>
tt
mt#
Feminine Plural
Masculine Plural
Pronoun
U&i
2_C
jSt
4_t
jtft
Uft
If the
stem of the verb ends
s~X
in
f,
or
i,
then the consonant
past participle.
258
03/m
is
inserted for the masculine singular
tlJ
tr
"to bring"
stem:
"to sleep"
stem;
Masculine Singular
V*
_d
Masculine Plural
t-r
&
Feminine Singular
&
Feminine
uf*
If the
stem of the verb ends in
then
it is
iif>
Plural
shortened
in
the masculine forms.
No
add
added for the formation of the feminine past tense.
Ix
"to live"
stem:
y-
Masculine Singular
&
Masculine Plural
Feminine Singular
J-
J?
Feminine Plural
12.1-12.2
Drill
-U
-tiff
c-> \J\>
/'
u~
l# im*
_r
t^4
259
t*l
ViS~1$?
<\S
?&
fcf
^T J>
A.
(Jylrt
jr
_^ a^ i/"^ / (/i kr
4-* _"
JU
>j
.J/- gi
J& ijrf jft

_r
-CD*
*-
C-
vUL iJfc iTv/f
tuft fc#U<f
- tJ
12.3
An important intransitive verb,
^^
The Case of
JU
tie
>J
eL
<^M
lib
"To Go"
CU, has an irregular pattern of conjugation.
Feminine Singular
Masculine Singular
SiA
fu
f}
^
y m
Feminine Plural
Masculine Plural
off
rr
260
vT
\Js/
rJ
12.3
Drill
Jt ll
yf\ \f\
-//* jc &>
-^ c^> |J j^y
j? u?u\>
The verb t>? mean

means
<&-
<=-
jji
J. j? [fH
U~
The
past participle forms
CM &k> 6m
of fc.K when
it
t.ri
when
means
it
"to
Plural
Singular
Feminine
_r
Jl>
happen, or to become. The past participle forms of
'{J
become" or "to happen" are
Masculine
,&Zl
/;
The Case of tit "To Be, To Happen, To Become"
to be, to
"to be" are 1/
H &* f *-& &* ^- d^ V f
^JfjfkJi
12.4
L')
>Jt
i-ît
(j-tf
{ K
Study the examples below illustrating constructions meaning
261
"I
became happy," "You became
happy," and so on:
Feminine
-(|jtf
Masculine
Jp jt
~6*
J} 3
m*
(/> (
Jyt
-2-x
{// jt
J? f
-2^x [}}
0-* (//
Jrt \Jfut*
5^/W
-t/* l/>
f*
A
-</if t/i f
.*_*
*J\
J> ^r
-iyiij? hi*
Other examples of the use of CjK
are:
Jn
Work
(<4o\>
took place there.
J*
W L%
A spectacle happened here.

12.4
Drill
J\ cm/\^
(Jjj
u^ u!
L/j/2 iSuef4/
lU*'\/e-
-fr
262
< j*
t/1
*^ wi
j*
llfZ
-Ji jf
Jig
*.
if
J?
/ J- ja jf
-off
Air w^l
-*
<y
?^y r
263
J j? u
t/f
9y
_2-j> **s
&U
*S* J*
J* Un
l/i
u\>
erf
vr
6$
Jfet,
/J- if V c% cA
Jj ^s
iLiJ /%, *Jf*
-t^si
Jit
-i/*
i/'>f
my /
iLSs
j^>
iu>/ y
y *S>
L Jb k\
l/i
(/I
^y'is
uj/
.{/
tfo
\/i3 Vji
(}J
tfj/^
tS
,Ji,
tTc/y
JLtf if/arf n ftf 6fC- tT*JG
J*
lT> c^J $j/S m
/</
c^"
J'
^ jux
r
JLx
\j$
J} f^JU.
/ X 4/J u fjg%
<&
Zl
Jit
*\*
&?. /\e J\> jt
Jf
A i X/\ Jjf u 4/
Ja M Hbji Mi
Jm
264
j\f.
d<%s fyj
f> /'j%
-if
..
my friend, became very happy.
Having seen
2.
Did you and your brother become
3.
Those
4.
Did those
What time did you (formal) wake up yesterday morning?
6.
Did that man
7.
Those naughty boys climbed
8.
Did they take a bath
9.
10.
What happened
11.
became very embarrassed
12.
don't think he
girls
reached
ill
in India?
became worried after seeing that thief.
bright students
go
to
London?
get up from there?
Mumbai
in this
this
that
mango
tree.
house?
morning but my friends reached Mumbai
in Raja's
last
house yesterday afternoon?
in front
of my
family.
became upset yesterday.

12.5 Relatives
and Correlatives
Relatives and correlatives are used to create clauses that frequently join
two sentences which
have a common noun, pronoun, adjective, or adverb. These clauses agree

with each other.
The
night
in
number and gender
relative clause usually precedes the correlative clause but this order is quite
flexible.
265
correlative
relative
Who is the man who is singing?
t+ \j U) ^
<f
^/()
correlative
relative
Who is that who is singing?
--ps/Vyf
(u^)-f-J-'
Your home
The following chart
Interrogative
sf/tf
oblique;
\J l{J
who/what?
lists
the
common
where your heart
Correlative of
Correlative of
Proximity
Distance
oblique;
C^(/!
this/these
&
oblique; C^'/t/'
oblique: tf'l\J'
that/those
who/that/which
now
since then
until
when?
t*
then
from
until
now
Relative
now
when?
is.
of interrogatives, relatives, and correlatives:
when?
since/from
sets
is
ifVCuur)
until
then
when
from the time when
as long as
*r
UU
o\>
&
where?
here
there
where
/M
f)S
A*
266
in
which direction?
in that direction
(hither)
(tither)
(whither)
tf
(whither?)
tf
how much/how many?
which direction
in this direction
much/this
this
many
that much/that
in
many
as much/as many/the
extent to which
U
how, what kind
U4
of, in
like this, in this
manner
that which,
like that, in that
manner
what manner?
12.5
of such
kind
Drill
J?
\j
J w>Uy \fi
w^ <$
-Q
\j
J Jjjs v *j>
*JL <z-j
\j
Kj
^>.
y fi\*i
j
J&
\j
j/u
\Jfi
>- <$~J
-9 sjf&fj* fs\
*'
<. ^-j
If
f-
\M.
ft
/>
_r
-if
44 d$ at *~
U& & ** <H iif
<=-
00 &
_r
267
-&il u
Jt jt
-J? JJ J* u
~U>
iF
&?>
'Ul
-+. J* ft
-t^ ^_j
jrft&j&P i>" Jd
-li*
d$ Uk US
\fi iff
fyf ~<
\}f <CJ
/J J_% z
2^ tU >_J
<jt
2^
jii
'f-
/>
^_
/u>3
>^
<f_
if-
blfc
/'jiyfbk
,/ b* *</*>
>u!$'lA *iJ
\f'
US
&
\fi if'
-^<j?Ut
268
J>
My house
is
2.
He who
my friend
3.
The
4.
The
is
in that direction in
which you are going.
not your friend.
is
things that are pleasing to those girls are not pleasing to me.
receipts for these bags are right there
where you are looking.
you cannot get the kind of carpets
that
you want.
5.
In this country
6.
7.
Ever since Lata has come to America, she has become vegetarian.
8.
will
meet you there where no one comes or
Until her beloved
goes!
comes back home, she will cry
for
him day and night!
Combine the following sentences using appropriate relatives and

Example:-*^- C^* \$/
-<f-
"*-"
c^
Jl
\S/
fc Ci>
.<-.
$J *%
j#
*--
/h
&j &%
correlatives:
becomes
\J\*
0$
Jte j *~ v
m Ja uy
269
in
combination:
F.
jV & jH
~r
H -M*
-*
-Ul 2-x
12.6
The
We have already encountered the emphatic particle O'

-(Jjt \j
I
When if
is
used
in a
negative sentence,
too
it
Even
The enclitic particle

it
[J* is
it
is
if'
(f
which means
"also" or "too."
jt
am going.
corresponds to the English "even."
Jtot
iS must immediately follow the word
and if1
Particles if'
ji
if jt
I will
not go.
meant to emphasize.
used to emphasize any element that precedes
may often not be easily translatable
it.
Used
in this
manner,
in English:
This .year (emphatic)
will
go
to Pakistan.
This year / (emphatic/myself/alone) will go to Pakistan.
This year t
_tf
This year
will
go to Pakistan only (emphatic).
#%
eM U^J^Wl
will definitely go (emphatic) to Pakistan.
Note that J* can sometimes correspond to the English "only."
In this house, only you work.
Q* can
also
come between the noun/pronoun and the
270
postposition that follows:
h~"
This
is
This
is
your (emphatic) book.
or
When
(j* is
combined with
certain pronouns,
as
j?
uf
uf
has a special fori* 1.
it
1*
J'
*5
*-
J
1*
tf
+
tf
*-
ifl
es
J'
t/I
tfl
ss
tf
Si
ji\
4-
Ui
J*\
*f
far as
adverbs are concerned,
(J<
when
{f< is
combined with them
meaning different from the one they have when
right
\$i
As
jwwr (emphatic) book.
here
right there
is
in
a special form, they have
written as a separate word:
Ur
only here
{$
(Jt)
only there
if Ujfl
only
right
now
0'
right
then
O*
'
Q\&
now
$ %Â
only then
i$ *-J
271
12.6
Drill
-(/ ifj $ (
-(?
-t-s
$>
-4^
Translate into
Urdu using (/<
Those people have no free time.
2.
You (informal) alone are my God.
3.
In the big house, there was a small child.
4.
/only was anxious/worried about the exam.
5.
Give your heart only to
6.
Sir, the carpet
7.
Only here can you buy such beautiful flowers.
is
r-^ /tf ^r r *
*>>
ciT- (J-ti/'
as,
right there.
272
is?
& *% if 00 *
for emphasizing the italicized element in the sentence:
1.
shop
Uss
12.7
The interrogative Lî
acts as
The Interrogative
Of
a marked adjective meaning "which one" and can precede both
nominative and oblique nouns. The basic difference between {J J (including the oblique forms
and }) and
l^J isthatU*y
is
used to inquire about a particular thing amidst
if.*,)*
Which
many things:
u//v
(out of al 1 these) fruit
do you
like?
Which thing do you need?

12.7 Reading
and Translation
12.8 Repetition
When
Drill
of Adjectives
non-interrogative adjectives are repeated, the repeated adjectives take
form:
That nightingale used to sing very sweet songs.
273
on an
intensified
This sentence could also be expressed
as:
Jit *&*#*
Similarly:
-u! U.Z
if\ J-
uif
In their house, there are very good things,
could be expressed as:
The repetition of interrogative adjectives conveys a sense of variety:
Where
"all" will
you go
in
Pakistan?
Who "all" lives in their house?

In order to repeat
Of
the forms
Of i*)Jjf &ffl /{*)/ arc used instead of Of
of.
Which are (all

12.8 Reading
the) girls
you
like?
and Translation
-ul 2L
Ji 4j
Drill
-UJ ij\t
-ut $'$.
274
*< l
\$% \Sk
L>i L-4
&*"
i/f
ut ijcsM
\
oh
erf
?t# 2.>
J) Jir'tL/dfuZ
^ *r% W U3 i/fuSut
Translate into
Jjl
>j>j\
uA
rT
Urdu using repeated adjectives or interrogatives:
me in the market?
What
2.
He has very beautiful
3.
That
4.
What need
5.
Whom "all" will you meet with
6.
Where "all"
"all" will
you buy
for
houses.
woman has two very small

is
there to
will
children.
buy very expensive clothes?

in Delhi?
you go when you tour Pakistan?
?ui
Z-/l/-?
tf.
\>t j
? t
df jM
*i
275
-J _*
-i
y^ Ufa
-r
&jt /^f
-*
df L-\rf'c-\
d\> "Jt Z~i
U3 did"-
12.9 Cardinal
Numbers 81-90
[fU Ar
tfljjg
Ar
if it
a<5
(ft A1
tf-
A^
\S\jk
AA
i/iy
12.10
(y *Jl jl*
_tf_
^^
J^f <=_(/(_
if-
^^ (Conversation)
</
^ tf
Û t^
?^_
i*j
as
(/ j\&
itfr>jv
^ a^<
276
^
W'l
50 'I/O)
f(i -Jl
aft vr ,i/
-a
J>i*
*^
y *
r^Z/d/
*//
-.
Uutf
J\
)), l
_c
J)
a^. sAf. jf*
&1 \fe
J<
;Jf
:&l
~\J
Scf/j 'd ~ -/<?-
<=_- e)i jjf
_<_
ij'j yi
)l%y
cfy/i t/ UfV j>j
\\J
:ifs
jsj
-4f. LV
u& 3to 3^j ut efi
ji
&j
f^ J^ U- 
jmf&t &->
vO
jib
JUy: 'Û
-&-2-l*- Uf) *JJ& &Jc St-
-if
4 H-H
iS-fa
\jj\,
(j'
Jj
?<c_
277
/>"
Jo
-4m
-^
?<=.(>-
dJ *
i> ytfjst jt &
Mil*
-^ tt jf' o^. <l ^Lfc* j^fr M ^--^
J Ju
-J
_*vC- u_i?
-tf .MB*
\^
WSHg-jSjaf J#
jj(
&
(J^j
<\S
f? ,fyj _ -c-
l&^^JA At*
<:-% *s.
i*
ijcy
u^ /(&
ij&sM
?c
j:
iS **/%
01 cTJf
flfef
^j ^ s-f*A ^c
278
a u|
(?j
<&/-
--
1/"
'V
:</0
^'^
-wÛ^jv y j\?
-c# 2~J
<L**j
y c/
c3i
yr
y^ -<p
:fMj
hj^ c^< y ^
if*
:&k
Notes
t^ytf Humayun, Mughal Emperor, died

:
1556.
vt* h--^*: Qutub Minar; victory tower in Delhi
built in the 13th century
by
the ruler
Qutub
ad-Din Aibak
lv
U \J&J^
Nusrat Fateh All Khan, renowned qawwali perfomer; died 1997.
?U)I QTjJI (*\& Nizam ad-Din Auliya, famous Muslim mystic of Delhi; died 1325.
:
3/
j\\ Amir Khusraw, a Persian poet
who
lived in Delhi, popularly considered to be a
pioneer poet in Hindi; disciple of Nizam ad-Din Auliya; died 1326.
w^Jfc
\j/a Mirza Ghalib, a prominent Persian and Urdu
poet; died in Delhi in
869.
such a beautiful restaurant. "Who
Anil;
This
Sonia:
The woman who
is
is
singing
is
is
Anuradha. She
together in college.
Renu:
the beautiful
Really? To which college did you both go?
279
is
woman who
is
very famous. She and
singing?
used
to study
Sonia:
We went to
Amherst College. As long as
was
in college,
used to
her every
listen to
week.
Renu:
Did your parents
Anil:
No, both our families used to live
United States at that time?
live in the
in India at that time.
Only both of us were
in this
country.
Renu:
My family used to live
Waiter:
What would you people
Renu:
The food here is very good, (use emphatic C?)
Anil:
What "all" do you
Renu:
Their dosas are delicious.
Sonia:
don't cat meat.
Anil:
would
Renu:
will get a
Sonia:
After
like
India five years ago, but
in
live here.
like to eat?
here?
would
also like their tanduri chicken.
like a
dosa and a mango
lassi.
like a plate of tanduri chicken.
we
dosa too.
eat,
we ought to go to a
Madhuri movie but
movie. Yesterday
did not have a car.
Yes, I like Madhuri very much. Is the theater very
Renu:
No,
The theater
For this reason
is
very near. But there
we ought to
was about
My brother was
Anil;
no.
now they also
is
going to
12.12 Songs
go
to the
New
new
York.
from here?
always a long
go before 9 o'clock.
280
far
to
line in front
of the theater.
ji js
c- jt
_?.
<ji g
.j\j>
a-
n $' */ fan ut &
d*
$ J i( 0\>;
X^
U Lv l/fe
Glossary for Songs
C^T* a/jv = forehead radiant as Venus
C/L/=
beautiful
sacrifice, offering
{$= alley
(f)
(/ = flower bad
Uif-/ w&; =
281
(f)
rejoicings,
merriment
(f)
(r
^~
*-î
CV
t^
C/
= elegance, smartness;
CJl
coquetry, playfulness, flirting
(f)
curvature (m)
= world
tank; place for
Zl) i^=
(l^,
(m)
{$[
= tamarind
molasses (m)
(f)
&* = sour, tart;
(m)
drawing water (m)
without
y = raw sugar,
to win, to conquer
art, skill
ii^*r = well,
harsh
{jh = queen (f)
9>*J
*2*j= season
&
(3t->
= intoxicating
J&j
(
(f)
= to
= promise
= ripe;
(m)
perfect; strong, firm; pure
Mpj = thread (m)
#= unripe, raw;
life (f)
rough; unstable; weak;
pass, elapse
12.13 Vocabulary
d^ s
action/deed; mischief;
movement;
airport
(f)
(m)
(If
Jljf
animal (m)
answer (m)
artist
(m)
ashamed, bashful, modest
to
be ashamed, bashful,
etc.
baggage, luggage, goods (m)
besides, moreover, in addition to
brave, courageous
282
brittle
'
capable, able, skillful;
Worthy 01 (with
to cause or
oblique infinitive)
make listen, to
tell;
to narrate
celebration (m)
fc*
to climb
cold (weather)
(m
or
(m) ilf
f)
'
&r
to enjoy
fed
up
*J*
vl^Jj
to flee, to run
tfk
away from
JcJJ
fort(m)
grave,
/ (f)
tomb (f)
yT
V'y*
grave/tomb shrine of Sufi
holy
man (m)
\$M
heavy
C^
Hindu devotional hymn;

worship (m)
historical
homeland (m)
independence, freedom
invitation; feast, party
O A/
(f>
i&fir)
(f)
mausoleum (m)
9j*
283
[$>/
0 J *s
millionaire (m)
minaret (m)
Mirabai
famous
Hindu
j\&*
0^j
16th century (?) poetess
her devotional songs lo the
for
deity Krishna
4S
mischievous
mosque
1)
mountain,
hill
Mughal dynasty that ruled

the
(m)
India from
J*
I6thtolhe 19th century
nightingale (m/f)
J*
ninety
tJi
{iSAMOfW*
place (m) (plural)
Premchand
-- prominent author of
%\"-C
Urdu-Hindi narrative prose; died 1936
w/l 1/
prince (m)
qatvwali
spiritual-mysticaJ
song recited
\j>r
by Muslim mystics (l)
queen, empress (0
li'-'W
>lfa
queue/line (0
\JA>
rain(f)
t^ \Ji\
to rain
284
to raise/nourish; maintain
VI
to protect
<
receipt (0
back
to return/come
revered person/ respected elder
several;
tftjiti
Ja
some; a few
skill, art, craft
(m)
*?
to smile
Sufi
- a Muslim mystic (m)
tree,
plant (m)
to wait; to stay
work out,
1/
ijjs
weight (m)
to
i>**
to exercise
t/JjJJ
'
Chapter 13
13.1
The Simple Past Tense of Transitive Verbs
Subjects of transitive verbs in the simple past tense are
particle puts the subject
pronouns go
with
L-
puts
J. This
noun subjects
into the oblique.
Pronouns as Subjects
into the oblique, in the case
The
third
of pronouns only the third person
person plural pronoun "they" has a special oblique form
\J*f\ or (Jj^J instead of the usual
fcjj
or
(*tf,
U-> <i-
saw
You (least
particle
and any modifying adjective into the oblique case.

>L~ with
Although
marked with the
ifc
\A> i V
formal) saw
wO
You (informal) saw
W- > ^ *~*
You (formal) saw
'
He/she/itsaw
U->
-Li/'
We saw
l&
<L
W->
You (informal) saw
Ut J
You (formal) saw
u>
TTieysaw
Note: the oblique forms of the interrogative
c// "who"
(J^fplural).
286
before
(^
^-f
<i-
L-U**
<L are U" (singular) and
Verb Agreementfor Transitive Verbs

*
The particle ^~,used
to
mark the subject of a
transitive verb in the past tense, cuts off
agreement between the subject and verb. Instead the verb agrees in number and gender with the
object, if
it
is explicitly
mentioned. For example:
In the
saw
the book-
above sentence the past participle of the verb
object, "book,''
is
is
in the
feminine singular form because
feminine singular. In this tense the gender of the subject
agreement for transitive verbs. Similarly,
in the
is
its
irrelevant for
sentence below, the verb participle
is in
the
masculine plural form in agreement with the object "shoes."
In case the object
is
saw your shoes.
not explicitly mentioned or
masculine singular form as
its
indeterminate, the participle uses the
default form.
In case the object is
is
marked by
saw.
/ (as, for example, is mandatory for direct animate or specific
inanimate objects), then the verb participle also remains in the masculine singular as the particle
cuts off agreement
between object and verb.
saw
the boys.
287
In
saw
the book.
both sentences above, the verb agrees with neither the subject nor the object because of the
particles <L~
and
Jr
which mark each of them respectively. As a consequence, the verb adopts
the default form - masculine singular.
13.2
The Case of
W <t;J <ts
Three of the most commonly used transitive verbs have irregular past participles: Us *\ 5*\J
Masculine Singular
iL
Masculine Plural
*U
'Lj
iL <~> <2L
<_J <L/
Feminine Singular
\J '(J^
Feminine Plural
\J~ 't/-
<\J+*
Examples:
worked.
(The verb agrees with object
f*!?,
masculine singular.)
He took the things.

(The verb agrees with object c/2j feminine plural.)
JL4->)z~> <-)(<.
L J* ^_x
My father gave me clothes.

(The verb agrees with object *i_-J% masculine plural.)
,
13.3 Negating the Simple Past
In order to
negate the simple past tense,
\j%
is
Tense
placed right before the verb.
288
o\>
We did not go there.
Placing \J3
did not see those
after the past participle results in an
He did
girls.
emphatic negation:
not eat the food
at all.
13.1-133 Reading and Translation Drill
*^
_r
-tt*f
UlTJ-
*'^f> c-tfz-il-
U*f>
u Ar^
erf
erf
-r
W6
-t^
l**
-dj
AfctS
U3 &
erf
/# i/l 1-
L &fc /cj cg
** *-
iSM Sj%
^jr
pr^>
4/
^&'-> 1- cr"
/A
<id$
ell
t&
L.
^J i/l
A L-
.6
*$ Si/* <-*/& J- # J-/

JSd,
Translate the following sentences into Urdu.
Pay special
attention to transitive
verbs.
my friend and I came
Yesterday,
2.
Did you dance with your friend
3.
Having seen the ghost,
4.
He went home with
all
the
from school at 4:00 pm.
last
Saturday?
boys were frightened.
his brother.
290
and
intransitive
5.
When did you wake up this morning?
6.
In
7.
Did
8.
At what time did they
9.
10.
1.
my opinion, you did not do a

thai
don't
but
did she dance?
washed the clothes but
don't
know; there was a
Did you (informal) drink tea? No, I don't like tea.
14.
They asked
15.
What
16.
London
7.
Where did
big
crowd
at
me a question
but
did not reply
(i.e.,
give an answer).
did you write in the letter?
very expensive.
the president
bought only two things.
of America give his speech
last
night?
On T. V.?
18.
His friend gave him a
19.
Did they
20.
We cleaned our house because my brother is coming home tonight.
fix
Change the tenses
the party.
did not dry them.
13.
fever.
understand?
is
a high
reached Islamabad at 3:30 pm.
12.
"all"
He had
reach Islamabad?
(least formal)
whom
of work.
boy smile? Poor fellow, he was very sick yesterday.
know about them
Did you
With
little
lot
lot
of things for his birthday.
(iJ \*f ) your
in the
telephone?
following sentences into the simple past tense, inserting *i~
necessary, and then translate
the movies tomorrow" will
them
into English.
become
L L"
For example; <^lf l^

3
(J
/*
"We went
to the
1 J\s
291
when
\J r* "We will go to
movies yesterday."
gut %J f
jt
?f>
13.4
The simple past
The Present
&u <J>
if
vf 4/
_^
Perfect Tense
tense is used to denote past actions that are completed. If these completed
actions are connected to or have bearing
upon the present, then the present perfect tense
is
used.
Simple Past Tense:
He came from India.

(Action completed in the past)
Present Perfect Tense:
OS
He has come from India.

(Action completed but
In order to
form the present perfect
still
relevant to the present)
tense* the past participle
of the verb
is
followed by the
appropriate present tense of the verb Ctf that agrees with the subject of the verb (in case of
292
intransitive verbs) or the object
of the verb
(in
case of transitive verbs).
Masculine
Uxtf
have come
You
(least formal)
a* i$T\A
Ut
c-6H
have come
You (informal) have come
jf
*&?
SJfj*
jt _T >Ji
You (formal) have come

He/She/It has
Feminine
ttfjfyf
*-&
come
We have come
iSi-lp
You (informal) have come
xZjf
You (formal) have come
if i-1 fH if
*&!?
J! i
\&SJS*
ul
Note: for the feminine plural, the feminine past participle
is
not nasalized,
Examples:
Intransitive Present Perfect Tense (verb
agreeing with the subject)
All has gone out.
-l
V
&
UiL.1^1
They have come
fA &
Sheila and
j J> l
4r
Reshma have gone out.
Transitive Present Perfect Tense (verb agreeing with the object)
Raj has bought books from
(lie
shop,
(verb agreeing with feminine object
293
&f
wl7
e.g.,
if!
0' l Js
b mi
'<L
&. AMj L. if}
Nargis has given
Reshma milk to
drink.
(verb agreeing with masculine object a>)SS)
13.4 Reading
and Translation
?^
cT> Jil
f^.
-f.
294
Drill
\JL> fh
tM|i L. ~i
<if
fa* {jxti L. y a/
i/j^ > gi
% J'* i- i*
-c-
// 43 ^->~ Jil .Lî .$& ctoA /<=13.S
As
in English, the past perfect tense
i-ufi
The Past Perfect Tense
emphasizes actions completed
at a
given point
in
time
in the
past.
-I? tf
<f&
Ali loo had come.
Raj had eaten the sweets.
As
in the present perfect tense, the past perfect tense is
verb.
formed with the past
However, instead of using the present tense of the verb
fctf
construction uses the past tense auxiliary form of tyi namely,
participle
and
its
auxiliary
participle of the
as an auxiliary, this
U, and
its
variants.
have to agree with the subject of the intransitive verb
the transitive verb:
Hit and Ranjha had lived in this
village.
j$ u/y r
j>\
jCi l. rftj
Hir and Ranjha had eaten a mango.
295
Again, the
or the object
of
13.5
Drill
J? y* \f bt L.
AS
si? \p*
-if
fe
-</
aj
tj
Jfe
JU*
296
*$
L- ^c/j>\
eA &4
Jtf-
^x
<$/
^r ,/? .1/
i.
iA if2-
o" -u^
J.
**& *P wi -a? &
*yf
^J^C *H*iUiJl
JB
L.
dk Ut
& ju-
u^
(4M?> i/jt <a
\$*>\{
l/%
uwtf u i- J-Xj
?/
j?
&* jf O^jI
\J\$
\p% y
e-
fjt-d t/%
.Jfc iSil A\4L
ujZ
of
13.6 Cardinal
Numbers 91-100
-i
.si
U\
_sr
A^JiZ-Ar
M
<-4e M
t-'flj*.
*-M -Si
U&
.sz.
<-.}& _S\
y
^^(Conversation)
13.7
(o Jyi
i/tJj l^-/ ^' if >
_L/? ^_ll
f _(^
<Lb \Ji/
tf/j*
fij)
1_U
V^
iî
_ i**
(/
*$
<6>k
't/
V T ^ _Û (^
t**
^^
*^
^^
J> /( -c| <^ 1 1/>
-if**
297
2^:1)0 if3/
J
fcfc
fu
:/0
>" JK
If
Â
i?ft* if j
j>\
-&\r 0*
jit
fy/1 \$M( -ox
t<* \$ij
&>
.ijf {si> J'l
f -<r- >& 'W ?# tJ '<L
(*/ tf^ Bfc
'->'
Jtofy k. yj \S^/>\ i-c-
\J\> J>l <z-
J? l?
jf
tf-yy* tU jJ5
^\* ijl
< ^>
Ju </-i 2^>
tjti
./tf
j -l^
;c/0
^ Oif- dr*
L L.s Jj f -\f
-f)
iff)
# e4 ft b'
-<$-<**
iuy
^ -Û ^
// b* c/L^
yfl* lT^'
:U'i
tT=
**-"
->
/ v *>k f * \A
298
-<f-
&/* tJ*y#
'-f}
tv cl.
cii
-^
tu y ats
uu& 'V
-'->
2^j &>l
ûk J^ Yr
^-U
M
**
w->l-
r i-
\f\
t-j)
udf
d/
299
it'
1*
f**'
if
i-U
UkC U*
.^ îy><^
-Jzj
fcf
V J" ^
if
^r
:d.,
4r
1^ - *
1
~ r '^V/ ***
6'v
^
'&>
JeL-t>\M.f
&*fj& &v r uk
fig
-ifs
:J,,
'^
Jm ff
J* 6
j*\
J> Jo
cs-
ft
$j *;)&?: j&j
/ji a j?
t$j*\Hj
if-<z~ tu
&
j>
jib tSJg
You are watching a
Mother;
Anil!
Anil:
Yes,
Mother:
Did you eat the delicious samosas that I made?
Anil:
Mummy!
Mother;
No.
mummy.
am not
First eat these
(chocolate) in
Anil:
Mother:
Milk
I did
good
hungry.
samosas and then drink this milk.
for
is
your health. Look
all
is
It
my favorite show.
has bournvita
ate
two oranges and an apple.
your brother drinks five glasses of milk
the girls like him. Sunita Auntie told
the most
handsome guy
did not know that.
Anil:
Really!
Mother;
Just drink one glass right
want to watch TV. This
You know that.
every morning and
your brother
my work, washed the clothes, and organized my room.
it.
don't like milk.
is
of TV. Did you do your work?
lot
will
now
in school.
now drink six glasses.
otherwise the
13.9
Songs
6i if of' ,jy
cow
will not be very happy.
f 41 &/^
Ay %
300
me yesterday that
1 lUl.
*~
JA J
A
? Jj
Jl J> <-jS
d &1
o*
& J"-J^
^ M u//i
=-
JÂ ^ >*u iftf jtJ\ft}jt As,
U&fty ff *- U&* UraX'j
Glossary for Songs
U"= little, tiny, young
j\/ 1 = promise; agreement; acceptance (m)
\$J=
2*J = road, path (m)
fairy (f)
*/" chariot (m)
0y* = goa
Af"/ x = riding on
\ss~S=
{J
= courtyard of a house (m)
tlj
301
*>
destination (f)
love; happiness, joy (f)
path, road
(0
\>f \\Jf
tb*
& = friend, lover (m)
- to blossom, to flower
= to hum, to
\^& =
sing softly
*/* (> = to be content,
to
be
satisfied
is J
to shine,
direction
13.10 Vocabula
u
tolj
to be affronted, to feel insulted
uf
beautiful
mind,
to cause to
to
(f)
bad, evil, wicked
brain,
glow, glimmer
Im
intellect (m)
be
Oit
buiiL, constructed
have X
ft*
built
/x
**
to cause to laugh
clever, cunning, sly
court
yîjf
(f)
criminal (m)
(/
crowd
(f)
cupboard, cabinet
to
iSaM
(f)
L-U^
dry
facts,
information
^1$**
(f)
tf
to fight x
C-x
to forget
&**
ghost (m)
,&
government
(f)
302
a*^*
*k
to govern
to increase, to enlarge, to extend
(intransitive)
to cause to increase, enlarge
(transitive; causative)
interest (interesting)
iff*
(0
joke, wit; taste (m)
journey (m)
to
make a journey,
juice, nectar
late,
t/>
to travel
(m)
a long while; a long period
of time,
interval; lateness (f)
to delay, to
to
come
be
long time
late
lawyer, agent (m/f)
to live; to be alive
to lose (a battle, contest,
game)
J*
mail
moon (m)
moonlight
v
(f)
Muslim ritual
prayers
to recite
(t)
b> JU
namaz
303
oath(f)
to swear
to
^\J Jr
by x
open
otherwise
poetry; a couplet, a verse (m)
to play the role of x
prison, jail
bJx
(m)
to recognize; to know; to
*V
perceive; to discern
to repeat, to double, to fold
tlyj
*
memento, souvenir (m/f)
sign,
special
&>l
/(m)tli*;
i/a
speech, recital, statement
to
(f)
.<?
(0
tS'J
give a speech
splendid, stately, grand
JJ&
theft (f)
d^
umbrella; canopy (f)
village
utf
(m)
waiting, expectation
to
(SX
Mi
(m)
t/M-i f
wail for x
*4
wonderful; surprising; strange
Ail
zoo (m)
304
Chapter 14
W Constructions
14.1
t*
is
an
which
it
intransitive verb
is
being used.
which has a wide variety of meanings, depending on Ihe context in
The range of its root meanings
attached to," "to be fastened with or
His picture
is
hung
include "to be connected to," "to be
to," "to stick
or adhere to."
hanging (has been hung) on the wall.
How many stamps for (literally, are attached to) a letter for India?
In addition to the
above examples, there are
many
idiomatic expressions and constructions with
t*, some of which are introduced below.
(A)
l* can be used to convey
appear). It is also
in Constructions wiih
feelings, sensations (hunger, thirst, fear),
employed
in constructions
and perceptions (to seem, to
involving objects that strike or
arrows, wounds). In these constructions, the logical subject in English
verb agrees gramatically with the feelings, sensations, or objects.
Jj* 4
I
felt
hungry
?tf
it
Car
at five o'clock this
\h
morning.
& f( if
Did AH seem nice to you?
305
is
hit the
body (bullets,
marked by
and the
It
seems
to Raj that Nargis
is
After drinking tea
The criminal was
tO can also mean
some
reason.
will feel better.
struck by the bullet.
"to require," "to take (time)," "to cost" in constructions
subject (in English)
displeased for
is
marked by /and the verb agrees
came home
It
late
because
took
it
will cost a lot
Mow many hours will
it
logical
number and gender with the object:
in
me two hours
of money
where the
in
the Immigration office.
to eat in that restaurant.
take to reach Islamabad from here?
(B) Oblique Infinitive* t-0
When
t-V
follows an oblique infinitive,
of the action associated with the verbal
it
conveys the sense of the commencement or beginning
infinitive. In this construction,
remains as the oblique infinitive and the verb
Although the "oblique
infinitive
and past continuous ones,
it
is
t**
agrees
fc* construction"
common
to find
Raj began to
it
work
in
the verb of action always
occurs in
all tenses,
used in the past tense.
in the
306
same
hospital.
the subject.
except for the present
The children began to
cry from (on account ot) fear.
We will begin to work there tomorrow.
Every day that woman begins

14.1
to
cook after coming home from the office*
307
Drill
J^ *4f*Ao*sif\ /y j# Ju^
Translate into idiomatic Urdu:
We are (feeling) very hungry. We have to eat now.
2.
What all seemed
3.
All
4.
How long (lit. how much time) does it take to go by car from
5.
The girl began to
6.
The
beautiful to
my friends began to go
rich lady
laugh a
you
in
Agra?
home.
lot after
Boston to "New York?
she heard the joke.
asked the washerman Kl^/'jJ
how many days
it
would take
to
wash
all
the clothes.
7.
Excuse me,
The boy was wounded
!.
9.
It
10.
sir,
can you tell
in the head,
to,
(f)
am not feeling well. I want to go home and
"to finish" is
can,"
(wound
a ticket to Benares would cost?
it
wi**j;
to
be
wounded = t-vJ^j),
seems to me that in India mangoes are cheaper than apples.
14.2
Wf
mc how much
sleep.
Verb Stem+ tf Construction
an intransitive verb which
is
never used by
itself.
must always be preceded by the stem of another verb.
indicates the completion
In
Like the verb fc "to be able
such constructions,
of the action denoted by the verbal stem which precedes
doing something). Like the "oblique mfinitive+ fcO" construction, fe$
308
is
found
it
fc-lf
(i.e.,
finish
in all tenses.
except the present continuous and past continuous. Since
it
is
primarily a completive auxiliary,
it
construction
occurs most frequently in past tense constructions. Translations of "verb stem +fe"
often incorporate the
word "already"
to indicate the
sense of completion.
Raj had already read (finished reading) this book.
That boy has already drunk (finished drinking) his milk.
Jt$f Jf far
Our servaat will
14.2
fO/A U*
finish the
house work by three o'clock.
309
Drill
2.
3.
4.
5.
had already finished eating when he came to
The mother asked her
son,
"Have you already read
The student had already written
Have you already seen a movie
When he had already
left,
6.
When the teacher reached
7.
When Shahrukh Khan
my house.
then
his essay
in
and given
remembered
his
had already
left
my shop,
9.
When Nargis and
10.
When the doctor examined me,
infinitive
Raj arrived at the zoo,
in
is
an actor?
name!
it
was
Infinitive
gone home.
recognized him.
already closed (to be closed= ft#
the fever had already
The Oblique
of a verb
to his professor.
the school, the students had already
The naughty boy had a Iready climbed up the tree.
The oblique
it
which Shahrukh Khan
8.
14.3
book?"
th is
come down
(use ts\ or
^ ) Construction
combination with the verb t^J
is
used to express the idea of
allowing or permitting someone to do something as well as giving permission.
always appears
in its inflected
form while the verb
!<;;
A).
agrees in
The
infinitive
the
subject
Let the sick child sleep!
My father will allow me to buy a car.

The oblique
infinitive
(g ) construction is
considered to be transitive. Therefore, in the simple
310
past tense, the subject of this construction
is
marked with
with the verb ^c ) agreeing with
the object
-tfi
^> \J *Jff&
They did not
let
L-utf
the girl read the book.
(verb agreeing with object "book")
143 Reading and
f lJ*
_c^
Translation Drill
2^;
Jl#
^j i iî -v
.4- j
Jg&JlA
jCf JWl <*4V
[f'/l\
J?'*-
/^ *-*i-df
L.5J
A ; u ij
$>/ 4<-&> (wretched)^ (W\
.^ Z-J Û^ /Uf i-rf Uf V' ^V ^

fej
311
..
Wc
wil not ai low our children to play outside in this cold.

1
house with
When
2.
go
They can play
inside the
their toys.
to
Dubai,
my friend lets me
stay in his house.
It is
a splendid house with a
pretty garden.
have heard that India
is
a beautifu I country. Let your daughter go to India.
4.
His father does not allow him
5.
Did you
let
to stay outside after
1pm.
the traveller see those photographs?
14.4
(A) Verb
A compound
Compound Verbs
Stem + Aspect Indicators: &t> <b*$
'fc# 'tl^
<&
<td
verb combines the stem or root of a principal verb with the conjugated form of an
auxiliary verb. Frequently, the auxiliaiy verb loses its original lexical meaning, serving instead as
an aspect indicator that connotes a nuance or aspect of the action of the
an aspect indicator verb
suddeness or that
indicators;
it
may
which an
It is
act was performed, its
was done foolishly. There are only a handful of verbs
some common
are listed below.
indicate the intensity with
main verb For instance,
aspect indicator verbs and the nuances with
that can serve as aspect
which they are
associated
necessary to keep in mind the following points concerning an auxiliary
verb serving as an aspect indicator:
a)
The aspect
indicator verb,
example, the verb
Instead,
it
which acts
"to take"
in
when used
an auxiliary mode, loses its original meaning. For

as an aspect indicator
no longer means
"to take."
indicates that the action of the principal verb has taken place for the subject's benefit
312
or is in
b)
some manner directed toward
Only the aspect indicator verb
the subject.
inflects; the
stem of the main verb remains unchanged.
As
auxiliary verbs, aspect indicators can be in any tense, except the continuous.
c) In the past tense, aspect indicator constructions are treated
marked by
i ) only if both the aspect indicator verb and the main verb
d) Since there are no equivalents
difficult
(i.e.,
subject will be
are transitive.
of aspect indicators in English, accurate translations are often
without some elaboration.
Common
Cj*, "to take":
1.
as transitive
When Cz
is
Aspect Indicators
used as an auxiliary verb with the stem of another verb,
conveys the meaning that the action has taken place for the subject's benefit or
is
in
some manner
directed toward the subject:
He read this
book
(for his
own
benefit).
The patient will drink the medicine (for himself)-
2.
(<:->,
"to give":
&
as an auxiliary verb with the
stem of another verb conveys the
meaning that the action has been done for the benefit of someone other than the subject or
directed
away from the
subject:
-t/j *>>
uîT
read this book (for
L~ jt
someone else).
Rich people should give away
their extra
313
money to the poor.
it
3.
Z\ff,
"to go":
CU may
denote several aspects including the total completion of an action,
the transition from one state to another, or an action that
That
man
is
taking place as a process:
fell asleep.
Will you reach there by tomorrow?
- 1/ j_u f ? Lbjst
The boys from the
t^,
4.
"to fall"; This denotes a
village ate
up the spicy
biryani.
sudden or violent change of affairs
or
a sudden downward
motion.
That boy
On
5.
O?,
"to sit":
This
is
fell
down from the tree.
hearing his talk,
similar to
\j
since
burst out laughing.
it
also denotes sudden action,
fcap further
implies that the reasons for the action are foolish or senseless.
He lost his
books.
-fit j J>
The young girl
6.
fOj "to pour, to throw down":
64
cried (without any
good
reason).
Also indicates a violent action and further implies
the action has been completed.
314
that
Did you throw away that book?

(B) Verb
Not -all auxiliaiy verbs
in
-*
instance, the verbs fc^
respectively, ability
It is
compound
to..."
tl Construction
verbal formations function as aspect indicators. For
t^ are considered grammatically to be modals indicating,
and
and completion. The verb tl as an auxiliary verb also functions as a modal.
used to underscore physical
completion.
Stem +
ability or capacity to
perform a particular action
Stem + tL constructions are best translated
They commonly occur in the
as "to
to its
manage to..." or "get a chance
negative. Jn the past tense, the subject of this construction
not
marked by
We weren't able
account of love. Raj cannot (manage to) sleep.
On
regret that
Unlike the verbs fe and
own, in which case
it
(could not manage) to sing this song.
could not manage to
means
tel
this truth in
a timely manner.
the verb tl can be used in a non-modal context, that
"to find" or "to get." In this situation,
transitive verb, with the subject
being marked with
in
did
you get from
315
this
on
functions as regular
the past tense.
?jLlT> if ^ft Jl <L

What happiness
it
is,
work?
its
is
14.4 Reading
and Translation
Drill
?jf
-ty
"4r
% Jiff Af
& Ut? Jf* *4f *. A L J Jiijt
4 /c
316
j^j
cT'j (J"
_r
lip
-\y.
a / o>}^
<-**
-lllj
Translate the following into
d> J-
/&J ^J?lg
H &* dJ J\
A f jJbyf
Urdu using appropriate aspect
We have cleaned the house (for our own
2.
Have you
3.
We are not hungry.
4.
All his friends died (abruptly).
5.
He
6.
Look
7.
Will you be able to take
8.
The traveller came home and
9.
Nargis ought to have her blood tested (to get
10.
The cunning thief stole
11.
12.
Because of a bad cough, he could not (manage to) eat his food (use
13.
He is so busy
someone
j'\
indicators:
written the lelter (for
L-j%
benefit).
else)?
Please eat these sweets (for your
own
benefit).
lost all his best toys (foolishly).
(for yourself)-
have nothing
all
all
in
your toys
in this
small box?
fell asleep.
tested
a B/
<(^
&X).
the traveller's money.
understood what he had to say (use
that
my hands.
&\
(J l/') (completely).
he will not get a chance (use
mother.
317
I'l)
to
go to the
CI).
hospital to see his
4.5 Introduction to (he Subjunctive
The subjunctive form of a verb
is
commonly used
possibility, desire, or wish. In addition,
it
is
in situations expressing uncertainty,
used in a variety of other circumstances, some of
which are described below. Subjunctives are formed

tense except the suffix (j
<L- t% of the
future
is
in a
manner similar to
that
of the future
dropped.
PtoWl
Singular
ft
Unlike other tenses, the subjunctive form of the verb distinguishes number (singular and plural)
but not gender. For the negative, the subjunctive uses the particle
verb.
jj g J tl/w
Perhaps he
Common
I
is
-l>
not able to cook food.
Uses for the Subjunctive
Asking Permission (with first person)
May
[should, shall]
May [should,
shall]
318
see?
we go?
usually placed before the
May [should, shall]

2. Suggestions/Indirect
cut the vegetables?
Commands/Reporting of Commands/Polite Imperative
Please
come
to
our house.
-ufVei/jf.-*
V
Please eat
Let's
go to
some food.
the
market
Tell father that he should not eat too
3.
many sweets.
Desire/Wish
-yij testis \Ja
May you live for
125 years (A
y\y(
common blessing that the elderly in South
Asia give).
May God grant you (give you) success!
May you remain happy, my daughter!

4.
With specific adverbs and phrases denoting desirability, contingency,
possibility:
-^1?
Perhaps
319
suitability,
doubt or
Perhaps they
t/o
- //
oniy/would that...
If only
Jv - so
may come here,
we are able to hear Ravi
Shankar.
that....
~o
I'll
>
go
CO ^/'i- May God
to
/e* &k
Mumbai
so that
rf
I
A #% (f
can see Salman Khan.
will that...
-uff ukc \f (J) 4-Jvt

May God will that he may come here tomorrow.
-a/ J> \$M (J)

May God not will
Z*l?
J>
May God forbid
J ^-
^Jt
that our daughter cry.
*-""&'-
//
is
appropriate
/\j\ &\} J is
something happen to you.
that
that....
J& OV -T (J) *_
It is
yz
\jZ
Up -Godforbid (may God not will that)....

-tf J*
lJ\-
let
it
not be
appropriate that
^s\y
you sit here.
that..,,
-tJg
Look,
let
It)
it
fcvf
tf
not be that this
320
Jt
/ # a U !>
young boy
falls
down.
J &L\ff
J x
- it
is
necessaryJbr x
It is
J C~ vh[
B x
- C/
'
''
necessary thai
read this book today.
my intention that T read that book by tomorrow.
is possible thai...
It is
S U*1
- it isx's intention that....
It is
to....
l^l^ \jt -i want
possible that
we [may] dance.
that....
want the elder boy

1
4.5
to
become a great athlete.
Drill
?uX /^ f
321
jt.\f
-of > / uy\Sdi Jb
-2_lf jf
322
>fc.
\f'u
Jtv? \A
w (J)
rxAs \A
-A
Translate the following into
Urdu using subjunctives wherever appropriate:
May we see that?
1.
we may see Michael Jordan. All the famous people have come here.
2.
Perhaps
3.
If only
4.
5.
May God will that you can come tomorrow.
6.
It is
7.
This seat
8.
Tell our driver that
9.
The guests are hungry.
10.
It is their in
1 1
If only all the people of this village were millionaires!
we are able to study Urdu
would
like to
go to India so that
possible that
is
in India!
can work
in
the fields with the farmers.
we may meet that famous artist
empty. Please
sit
here
he should not wait

Shall
we
J^^
l>
tomorrow.
)-
for us.
eat?
tention that from today they wi 11 not drink alcohol.
14.6
(^
i^(Conversatioa)
4L.J
l#-
K/T <-,
(jj)
Phjf$ -Us ifs (&- us -* $j $1 ^> a f

e* &lS<A) f)\
/jt
ut
&?
JJ>*
a*->
if
-S$
<**
\Hj j*
(JiJ
'4>*
&;
.&
ti
w <s+ & ~& 1% X> Jt*@l~ijf -U?
-Qi/ftf \Jl
0&&1
ut ty&sjk \fjL
'_
wU 'x
'>j
:$
-U& *% J?
J
j/x J?[
J"\
>
ti
{2iX>
?Ut Z^j *lj
_4\
J- s> &f f- <o\ <o\ &
f bt {/}
v <c-tu
vtJ
J)
$$& fa
>M
<6>j &tO
(jljC
*k
tTcrf j* Uty
-lis
& &h <f 4 Uk -f- /*
V M*
U*f -t4
*l| =c/0
Ur / \f M -0* tr/c-i/sui <2&bf
324
&->
uk
U^ JJ >'J 6^4 Uk ^Ji -tf/yCi (?-**. jsf.
Jfci
/ijl t&
\Hj <Jj
WH l% '/-f- i&M'+#*f if\

-Jt
jTi
Jti
1$
dp
^\f
$b
^yt
-&.J
wf -^ J# {$ Af dfy & if & -JJn &
-^ îf tP
^ JU
j* Ju-
-.&;
UJl ^ ^c/ x' ^ Uk >
g,f
jt <f>j
\fjtjf
*gfj
-I:'-*'
.^
sji
fata* 6 OK-/ f
^ yV\ jy
325
j*y
rr
\jt ,\
4j
Notes
(^y'> \JtT
ij^lf JJ
Shakil Badayuni, Urdu poet and lyric composer, died 1970.
7,\s\ Sahir Ludhianawi,
Urdu poet and
lyric
composer, died 1980.
jy j IjXzj: Rabindranath Tagore, Bengali poet, winner of Nobel
Prize for Literature, died
1941.
1^.
tf/\f\f Ji
14.8 Songs
326
JsJj
/ofJ l^- r
00 J\
\y
V4 ; J"-o>s?# f(
y l/>>$3 toss fTjZXJ
\jM
del
to.
\3\
!j*
327
C^l4 cjk
mi
Aj
sU
^ Jw^lî
jury jO^
-^
ib
(];j
iî
cî
4^ *f e-/*
-+&V wi cf r
Jj vx^ (J* (J l_/> l/
j*
-Jr
v*
1&
^x
l/V oi :
_a_ Of 1^1
,ytj
^.Jf.
Glossary for Songs
tirt=
to
go wrong, turn bad;
break
to
down
ty= gold
(m)
'y ft = fellow-singer (m)
lfe'= elegant,
\% Z x =
v*f
v^ )j is
u~,
except for x
to accompany; to support
ft resplendent, glittering;
flashy
ii^ J =
bright;
U/'J m
the earth; earth, ground, soil (f)
gr
peace, security, safety (m)
&>)* = hatred
tl^
showy; colorful; merry
to efface, obliterate, abolish
i&= world, universe, earth
(rn)
&
meeting, assembly (m)
beautiful, pretty; splendid
C* ^ =
to appear; to seem; to be seen
true
*-jj
^* =
chest,
= heart;
to praise
bosom, breast (m)
soul;
mind (m)
1z/jy= sun (m)
t> =
iy
y'-
\jJvL
328
blue
ty= magic, spell; enchantment (m)

earth, soil, dust; dirt, filth (f)
<*-*?
C-T
(f)
= fair,
charming, smart; playful
sky; heavens
(m)
precious; dear; beloved
14.9 Vocabulary
agricultural field
-/
(m)
i^rt*
appropriate
to break (transitive)
ti?
to break (intransitive)
OS
cheeks/countenance (m)
j\s'j
darkness (m)
Uf-c
democracy (f)
C^rJtC
,Vf
emperor (m)
Ji;
empty
down
\X
farmer/peasant (m)
iM
to
fall
fat
to finish
tn'i
to fly; to cause to fly;
to tease, to
make
forbid
an
fun of x
God willing (may God

God
(may God
will that)
not will
ju
<(J)^.
<(J)
<-/a
; lA
great
work
e#
(f)
hard working
329
i%
0\
J/l
,><>
that)
hard
/r
Mr
lo
work hard
henna (f)
to hit
if only
J*
living
ijti
lover
(O./'Ww/
//>*
marble (m)
once
j*
x&
perhaps
plow (m)
possible
lo
for x to
if
remember
tf
remember
>i
m
signature (m)
ft
so that
sorrowful
success
(f)
successful
+*
fefc.
to tease, to annoy, to torment
*r
to think
to throw
time (period of); period (m)
ijhs)
330
t 0^ Wi
during this lime/period
toy(m)
Mf
traveller (m/f)
)^
wall
(f)
Mj
wedding (f)
(ijL"
whole, entire;
all;
the whole
'
J \f
wonder (m)
wonders (pi)
^T^t
museum
would
.y*
that îf on ly
wound;
>rr
>r
{J
ui*-
injury (f)
331
Chapter 15
15.1 Condition-Result Clauses with
Clauses stipulating a condition are usually marked with
"result" clause that begins with
that
marks the
J\
go to Lahore, I
at the beginning
"result" clause
"if and frequently precede a
'condition" claust
ijftL^^r jt?
If I (will)
Although the word
?. Example:
'result" claust
. uiu
J\ and ?
is
r^%
jxti
jtfi
will bring cloth for you.
of the "condition" clause
may be dropped
at times, the
obligatory. Various verb tenses (present, future, past, or
subjunctive) can occur in either "condition" or "result" clauses depending on the degree of
certainty implied.
The use of the subjunctive (as opposed
to indicative tenses.) indicates a greater
degree of uncertainty or likelihood of fulfillment of a particular action. The examples below

illustrate the
usage of verb forms (subjunctive and indicative)
in various
sentences to convey
degrees of certainty/uncertainty:
Purely hypothetical (use of subjunctive in both "condition" and "result" clauses, indicates high
degree of uncertainty concerning both the condition and
should go to India, then
If I
2.
More certainty than
above
its
may see
fulfillment)
the Taj Mahal.
"condition" uncertain; "result" certain)
332
If I should
3.
go to
India, then
will see the Taj
More certainty lhan #2 above (fulfillment of "condition" more
Mahal.
likely or certain, "result"
certain)
If I
go to India, then I will see the Taj Mahal.
If you are
going to India, do see the Taj Mahal (for sure).
At times, the "condition" clause may contain the simple past participle of a verb. In this context,
the past participle often functions as a future conditional, indicating
fulfilled in
the future. Note: the past participle
If I (ever)
is
a condition that may be
not used in the "result" clause:
go to India (in the future) then I will see the Taj Mahal.
Improbable or contrary-to-fact conditions (irrealis) are expressed by using the present
participle
of the verb in both "condition" and "result" clauses:
Jtj if fyrt 2Jg

Had we gone to
If the
speaker wants
we would
India,
to indicate a definite past
then the past participle of a verb followed
d&*& (>
have seen the Taj Mahal.
time for conditions that are impossible to
by the present participle of ta* may
both die "condition" and "result" clauses:
Jfm u6
&ft?
(tji
\fyr*JH
Had I gone to India, I would have seen the
333
J>A
Taj Mahal.
fulfill,
also be used in
Had wc met each
If we
*Note on usage
we would have
other last year,
gotten married.
had talked among ourselves, we would have become
'f})
*X
describe reciprocal action
'
friends.
used to describe action involving two persons; {JZ {J?
among more than two

15.1
used to
persons
Drill
f*s* Jm y o* fa J- A
-J?Utft*J- Ml uz- jjsL /\ wT ft
-<.
J Jij/i y z, dW A
.. \SJi & c5j a 7 tr llh J4 ? A
-ijf
tig
-f % y
% OA {
-Lx ^fj: ct&i y LJ'cy Jl f

-4'<f <J
fa ? 2-*
Jfcg
-4J
ff
eflfi
t/ifJi
fJ. y ji/ iiu m L r? A
^x ? urV
-s
^K it
/ 1/
-2LU
i/t
fc r*
J>
i> ^_/fy
_2Cb
334

-r ^
ifi
jJLfyA
j&lL3$jrj 6>/
-r
?Z_* -c-jjs. /\ (
L*x J$ \
\J"i
-f*il/f J* /Vfy t*
\f ft j:
1*L 2Lb
~y
Atfjn
(A
-a
f j-l 2-Jt f<
uf<-/ dp m
if
-1
At atf M * l. f-
-*
M */&$ Sort
utf
isjfa-j
>j)j\
erf
fj\\f 4 s# J* >f
go to that store, then I would buy the red
carpet.
If I should
2.
If I
3.
If all of you
4.
Had you played with the boy, he would have
5.
If you play with that boy, he will like you very much.
6.
If you had been
7.
If she
go to Washington, then
come
to
bom
will see the
White House.
my house, please bring food
in
with you.
liked you.
America, you would have become the president of this country.
would have spoken Urdu
well, she
would have been the prime minister of
Pakistan.
8.
If you read Ghalib, he will teach you
many things.
335
9.
If you say so,
10.
Had you been
able to write Hindi, you could have taught

this class.
will
cook the food.
15.2 Expressing Presumptions
Through the future form of the verb
and Suppositions with the Verb
t^
a speaker can also express presumptions and
fcjf
suppositions. For example, the sentence:
J* < ftjLut M
Those women
will be at
work, (future)
can also mean:
Those women must be
at
work, (supposition)
Similarly, the sentence:
There will be a
lot
of noise there, (future)
can also mean:

There must be a
Note the use of the English "must"
in the
lot
of noise
there, (supposition)
above sentences indicates probability or likelihood
rather than a sense of obligation or duty.
Presumptive and suppositional forms of various tenses can be formed by replacing the <_
/Jt
auxiliaries with the appropriate future
Present continuous tense :
suppositional form:
Present tense
~Ut
--. si t^,j
a,!/
4Z-
Examples:
fc.tf .
<Z~j a>l/,j>
-C# 2J^zX
suppositional form:
form of
Those boys are studying,
-7 03 Those boys must be studying.
-$
\J\
JLjl 2-.J&\L-lL$\J\
They talk
ti
to this boy.
They must talk to this boy.
Present perfect tense -<:
suppositional form:
Jftf
\f 4(^
& J *N
%{*&& Ra
The following table provides
has gone to work,
must have &one
l0
work
a review of the future tense forms of ijt :
Pronoun
Masculine
Feminine
dfWi <f*
(few)
0*
J.
&
s*
&
Lx
t*
g/0)
/,
L*
L*
L
L*
(Jm*
yi*
/1S.2
f-
<
vf
*
Drill
_*
2-1/ JiU
- J* ii>
337
JV JUf
J*
tA
</
J* m f^JXrf l. u*& 4 J
w
JL* '. JS? /ft
j>
-* ^ Jyf J J,u _T ^ * J" UJC ./

15.2 Substitution Drill
Change the verb forms
in the
following sentences so that they agree with the substituted subject
or object.
fruits
sweets
mango
yogurt
Xl~ii)
4jfi(
j*
(id
Akbar's sister
Anita's brother
338
Radha's girlfriends
my cat
Raj's father
our family
your mother-in-law
their servants
(hat
handsome boy
those famous filmstars
our youngest daughter
his eldest son
15.3 Expressing
The infinitive of a verb employed

subject
is
Compulsion with the Verb
in conjunction with t!/
forced, compelled, or cannot help but perform.
construction
is
similar to the infinitive
+ C*-
is
used
The
(infinitive +
fcJ'
) is
to indicate actions that the
subject
construction introduced
an important difference in the nuance of the two constructions.
used for compulsion that
is
fc>
is
marked by
in 9.5.
The former
/ . This
There is, however,
construction
external to the subject while the latter (infinitive
+ *~) implies compulsion that stems from the subject, for example, from duty and obligation.
Compare the following examples:
.^
Hussein has
to
tr>
CI?
&1(8rt
f&E*
go to Islamabad, (forced by external circumstances)
339
Hussein must go to Islamabad, (from a sense of duty, obligation)

For transitive verbs, the
forms of
infinitive
may or may not agree with
t must retain agreement with
object(s).
Examples:
J> t$/ty /cAs- **

Due
to poverty,
they had to
Tomorrow Shafique
For
intransitive verbs
will
objects) in number and gender, but
if if*
sell their
house,
have to wash the clothes.
and transitive verbs with no object, both
the infinitive
and form of Owill
be masculine singular. Examples:
had to return home.
You
will have to give,
(no object mentioned; infinitive and

15.3
-^
t#
9
in masculine singular form).
r> \fj&\
tin &J
340
Am <L JA
j>j
/
{
-n
-It t/
1.
Raj had to invite Sunil to the wedding.
2.
Mummy Darling will have
to
spend a
lot
of money
341
in
making
the arrangements for Raj
and Nargis' wedding.

3.
My car
is
bad.
You
will
have to use my
father-in-law's car to lake the child to the
hospital.
4.
Ravi has
5.
He had to give
6.
Indian prides must wear red saris at weddings, not white ones.
7.
The
8.
They were so
9.
Due to her helplessness, the poor girl had
10.
We will have to turn on (%) the fan
rich
to consider this decision thoughtfully.
her this expensive present in return for her kindness.
must end poverty
in
the world.
helpless that for four
months they had
to eat only potatoes.
to agree to
immediately!
marry him.
It is
too hot in this room!
15.4 Passives
Passives in
a verb.
Urdu
are formed by adding the inflected form of the verb
The following examples
illustrate the difference
CU
to the past participle of
between active and passive sentences:
Active sentence:
eat a banana.
Passive sentence:
A
In the active sentence the subject
passive sentence, the subject
the inflected form of
tV
in
is
(J?)
banana
is
s asserted
**
eaten.
and the verb agrees with
it.
not mentioned and passive verb (past participle
the present tense) agree in
342
In contrast, in the
of the verb tU
number and gender with what was
the
+
i
object
of the active sentence
sentence becomes
illustrate that the
in fact
passive
appropriately. Study
--
"banana"
if). Thus, the grammatical object of an active
the subject in a passive sentence.
may be created
in a variety
The two sets of examples below
of tenses by inflecting the verb 11^
them carefully, noting the agreement of the inflected forms of tlf
in
various
tenses with the subject of the passive sentence.
That thing was seen.
-of </^ J.Z
Those things were seen.
That thing
is
being seen.
That thing will be seen.
-m
&
/->
u%
Those things can be

Those things used
seen.
to be seen.
The banana was eaten.
The bananas were eaten.

The banana
is
being eaten.
The banana will be
eaten.
The banana can be eaten.

The bananas used
When passives are used

singular form and
in
an impersonal sense, the verb
is
has been written.
343
be eaten.
put in the third person masculine
no explicit subject is mentioned. Examples:
It
to
It
is said.
Re-inserting the original subject of the active sentence into a passive sentence
If the original subject
of the aclive sentence
marked by the postposition

mostly
is to
be re-introduced into the passive sentence,
<=^-. Reinserting the original subject into a passive
in negative sentences,
hence the construction
is
it is
sentence occurs
called the passive of incapacity.
Examples;
cannot eat the banana,
(literally, the
banana cannot be eaten by me.)
4J
i fa e-
The patient could

(literally,
Js
not drink the medicine,
the medicine could not be drunk
The passive of incapacity differs from
the C*"* construction
in
by the patient.)
the negative in that
it
implies that
the subject could not perform the action for physical reasons.
15.4
tru
^^{toffsdZ&friJH
^jis-Jis
a j\
Drill
# -tf Jt*
J'y;
u^v
1
344
Jgu
\f(ti Jk/!
-/
-f* l/'
-i^
i"
-if jig
-if 6*>
-if if W*/ if ii>

.&. ifj
if
S*-i/
-<l. Jjf
<#
tf* *?- <5lf
6 *^ <-&*
li^'/i/
#u
**j<* jl
iî^l^v/tJl
l>*~ }
.*&>
ift* J>'^
erf
3k <A * tif iTcJii c~ utt Sit

jfxtiji
345
e/f
*/tP
/i?
-r
r^ <^
^ 41
tf, fcf
Jr
"
*-
pronounced as "Lailaa"; the
last letter is
called "alif maqsura.
was eaten
1.
All the food
2.
The wedding will be celebrated with pomp and
3.
Was my
4.
The house can be
5.
The Taj Mahal was built in Shah Jahan's
6.
The bride and the groom
7.
The poor farmers will be helped.
8.
This Urdu book will be read at
9.
Have
the preparations
10.
Many
beautiful flowers are being bought for Raj
at last night's party.
gusto at our house tomorrow.
sung?
favorite song
built in three
months.
time.
are being praised.
all universities in
America.
been made?
15.5
and Nargis' wedding.
Passive Intransitive Verbs
In addition to the passive construction introduced above,
Urdu has
several intransitive verbs that
are often, if not always, translated into English by using the passive. In
many cases,
the stems of
these so-called passive intransitive verbs also have transitive counterparts. While the focus in
the intransitive form is
transitive
form
is
on the action
on the doer of
itself or
the action.
the result
in
the
Examples:
Transitive form:
$3?
Intransitive form:
t^*
Transitive form:
tjJ?
Intransitive form:
of the action, the emphasis
W
346
to
to
open
be opened
to
break
to be broken
Note the "passive" character of the English
translations of the intransitive verbs in the
examples
below;
Transitive verb:
opened the window.
Intransitive verb:
The window opened.

Transitive verb:
Hussein broke
my glass.
Intransitive verb;
jf&i %j\\j
My glass broke.
Complex verbs when formed with the verb C jK may also have
them
in contrast to those
complex verbs
listed
formed with
IV which are transitive in
nature.
Study the pair of
below:
o begin, to get started
t*U}
to be finished
fe*j**
to
a passive intransitive nuance to
be prepared; to get
fcj*
to begin
to finish
to prepare
Jl?
ready
347
t/W
tff
a*
to be
for
bom
fcitf
to be at fault
fctf
\j
to
<=^
%f\j
produce, reproduce
to
make
work
(job).
a mistake
k/**
Examples:
begin
this
This
work
begins/gets started.
?L#
Xl? tuCt l/
Are you preparing food?
-^
Yes, food
Ali
Al was at
i
Note:
The
71;
is
cuCuj,
J.
being prepared.
made a mistake.
fault (literally, "a
mistake was
made by Ali").
last example, using the intransitive construction, implies that the
was somewhat beyond the
agency for the action
subject's control.
5.5
-^
348
Drill
& fl>} ft &
J& fd$ l/V* d* 6*

y
349
l* l^
X*
<J^
..
A temple
is
being built
at that place.
Who broke it?
2.
The wall of the
3.
Hundreds of thousands of germs are being produced every day
4.
Finish him off immediately!
lot
of money
old house broke.
was
don't
know.
in this filth.
spent on building this road.
15.6 C as a Rhetorical Particle
t as a rhetorical particle has two main uses in Urdu:
1. It
can be a tag at the end of a statement seeking affirmation of a
fact;
You love me, don't you?

2. It
can be a tag
at the
end of a request to make
n zfj ti j
Won't you please hang
15.6
it
more
insistent:
At, /**>
6x
my picture on
the wall?
!t
it
350
to
)J
t tC
J&tL ^xd*
'(
n jTcfo* ^-f^ f^j s#
iT&'-' -'
i/^
15.7 i**^(Conversation)
?tt
$.j
%r iffy j
-J*
351
h/j
f&ftfM
Jx **' -f-tf l/l i-vi/?
Jj <x
(-(
l&
&\j
Jtf$& c-(j:-o\
</}
cl. J-
-ijri* yi tjjl/ \f- f*)y
0*]f&3u
tyj
+./<**?
0*
\ftf- e? ij^
&
<LJ5
!i/0 6/
4"
^ '^/^4<
>>
<f~
JTii/J
f^jp u-
J*>
f_
oif
/j
:<//
tf/ctf
jt <X
-rfl tfc? u^
/^
(/
;i^
,*)
(jl^l?
j u-jfty *_~/fc
i/
~ut o-j t>
(.- ij'j
f c4 / eM^
=-
<->
->t
* j? aC<i~A
-ti <p;
-c. \j
&fr
Jt
ii'
tf
-^
V'
kjOu*
4 #i
(JjCU (f jCh
t^
î
l/j
&j
^ (#*)
Sj
nj(je
Jb->
U$~ifis t'b
*&
^/ l? &t ypôi !(/0
!l4'
*/>
JUlj 2-l ~U\
*Jf ^. ?
352
5/0-
\c~J*j
f( fyj -^
[$/
\> J. J*;*2
> \h
fbuL.
-% s/fl#j *<
Pcl/Ji ti
\ki It?
<z- *Jt !(/ î(
\&fr -tg
</0
:t/0
lJJ:/
^ -tf i* o\& fosM
tjff
JL. fbb p .L^t/U/*
y Jp -*-
tffc tfe
353
e)2
< cf
4 c/u
/c/ajC
tftfij
^jj *j\r ja ? w-JL Ji t^f i? J; Jx
-L| l// ** ^-2i.v
-LxJ? &,*/.? J
is
</|
*LliX
t/y iZ'J'is ~>. -14 14
yj&J
(&J
354
J)i
\fs)
l?
:J)
JtfjfOU 1-J..,/^
U J>uCtf
oL V
if
.=,1
i -ifj^jlf \s<&s
lTl/l^/i \<-/f<J.
W^^3)ji di
(Sulochna and Shama are Nargis' friends
who
live in
London)
Sbama:
Oh Sulochna, did you
Sulochna:
Yes, Sunil told me. Poor guy, he had tears in his eyes
hear that Nargis
is
getting married?
when he asked
me,"Sister
Sulochna how will T spend my life without Nargis?! ". I was unable to bear his
Shama:
{f"J U^6^!{ifiJ^ <Z~J*)
distress.
(!(/
heart
made out of
is
Her foolish
ought
heart!
A book can be written about Raj, Nargis, and
to stop crying.
A lot of money
is
started to cry!!
think Nargis'
stone!
He must
start
studying.
now 20. Do you know what preparations are

Sulochna:
being spent on
this
He is no longer
being
wedding.
Sunil. Sunil
16 years old.
He
is
made for Nargis' wedding?
have heard
that
work
is
being
done on Nargis' house. Expensive clothes are being bought. Nargis' mother told
me to buy some
brides.
Shama;
You
clothes for her if J
go to Lahore. Lahore has
So when I go to Lahore next month
will bring clothes
from Lahore?
355
beautiful clothes for
I will bring clothes for Nargis.
think Karachi has better and cheaper
These days, Karachi's weather must also be very good.
clothes.
Karachi, you must go to
cheap clothes there.

Sulochna:
It's
good
that
very much.
go back to
Shama:
Sulochna
will
think Nargis will look so beautiful in a red
But I don't
When I went to Karachi two years ago, I saw

as
saw him,
go
to
be able to buy some good
we are talking to each other about this.
As soon
road!
Rambo market. You
If you
started crying. I told
but
sari.
like
Karachi
man on the
a dead
my mother that I will
never
that city.
darling, don't live in the past (departed time). Don't think
have seen dead
of dead men!
men on the streets of New York and Mumbai! I know the
governments of India and Pakistan need to do more to help the poor but you
cannot provide the medicine for all the illnesses of the world.
You are not a
Mother Teresa!
Sulochna:
Shama,
used to think that your heart has a
lot
of love
in
it.
But perhaps
it is
made out of stone!

Shama:
Oh Sulochna, you are always crying. Your heart

don't
is
made out of salt.
Forgive me,
be upset with me. If you want to help the poor, go and work with them.
You wi 11 not be able to end poverty

London. Come,
to sing
in India
and Pakistan while
sitting in
let's
think of happy things...Hke Nargis wedding.
a song with me? What's the
latest
Do you want
song from Bollywood?
15.9 Songs
{*
M) ~
356
iTJf
>U (* fr*
?^Z
<L.
tig
&
J? 4_ /jt * A A 'X
J'
\SjS
ê /
^ yU / ^ >U /
^%
f. %
t
1 1/'
357
T t
t LjT
(r
(r
(jit Lit *Jk>
6* js difb l
<=-
f- (3* Jgf
(r).' >i
,j)
s^ 'J
OJW
AT
9>*J
ol
y"
j>s '?
[J*
cJ
<zJ <lJ ol Jj
*>*J
ol
\$
&)
ol
>'>
>;
>'v
jt uytr cT 6/
^ u; ^ (s, >dj<^(> &~M
bl
^ jji^j
<^l ol
Ci/
>*;
if l"
*? &* fc
&J cJ .A >;
>;
&j (r) y
^_
c/ <lJ
jt
bl
ot
'v
*r^^
ol
<lJ oi
*>*-/
ol jj
oJZ;
ol
>'J
&*<lJ ol
*>*-/
Glossary for Songs
= beloved;
idol (m/f)
-/'/
<L-
CI?*'
= unknown, unwitting
restless
j\f = confirmation; acknowledgment (m)
J/ =
C^t"
(Î'J'
j\J>\
f*/^-*
to beat, throb
revelation; declaration; display (ni)
tO =
358
tune
(f)
= Islamic call to prayer
t^J
flute (f)
^L*
re ''s' n
(f)
^^ â tn m)
'
tempest, whirlwind; storm
to stop, to rest; to
be hindered
(f)
15 J
- loyalty;
A
JtfT
sStsj =
j$ J =
*/ =
faithfulness (f)
martyr; one
who
riches, wealth;
is
slain (m/f)
t/>=
dominion; rule
jf- sword
A
belief <m)
live
T
fa [f\j y
upon x
arm, embrace
(f)
fc*J~ long
15.10 Vocabula
to agree
blood; murder; slau
/-. iagger(m)
(f)
chain; fetters (f)
&l* = faith;
hate; hatred (f)
4k
(f)
arrangement (m)
f&i
body (m)
C?
to be born
br<
bride
LVvc^-J
(f)
yi
bridegroom (m)
to call
t/c/V /x
x on the phone
to celebrate,
commemorate
fcfe*
cure (m)
6W
decision (m)
J*
details, explanation; analysis
cT*"
(0
phone
w,&)
distress, misery, anxiety (f)
hi
dream (m)
u&
to dial the
to dry (intransitive)
359
to
*-/
end, conclude (transitive)
to end,
conclude
G-tf
(intransitive)
expenditure, expense (m)
to spend, to
expend
to be spent,
expended
fan; ventilator
ty-?
(transitive)
**r
&7
t-^
(S'-r
(intransitive)
&v
(ffl)
ffitf/Wjfm
festival
filth (f)
fork; thorn
(m)
germs (m)
i.
J?
gift (in)
&^
healthy
in return forx; instead
life
U~
of x
c-+Jg-~
partner (m/f)
melody
middle
mistake
J*
(f)
party; invitation (t)
to invite
to
LV i&$*J
have a party forx
peace, safety (m)
piece, morsel
(m)
360
(jx
pleased; contented; agreed

*
to be pleased with
to agree
pomp and
upon x
gusto
(f)
potato (m)
poverty
(f)
praise (f)
to praise
Ramadan, Muslim month (m)

relationship / connection
(m)
(m)
river
road (m)
snow
(f)
to spread (intransitive)
to start, begin (transitive)

*
to
start,
t* it*/
begin (intransitive)
use, employment (m)
to use
to
usex
without
witness (m/f)
361
"
Chapter 16
16.1
The
"izafa, " or "addition," is
(also
used
to represent
a construction of Persian origin frequently used
an
Linguistically, the "izafa" is
a short
The "Izafa"
"/"
Possessive relationship between two nouns
In such a construction, the "possessor"
that reflects the relationship
(ri)
Urdu.
subscript sign "zer, "
vowel) after a noun. The "izafa"
possessive relationship between two nouns or
(i)
by placing the
enclitic, indicated
in
is
used
to
i.e., m
express either (i
between the two nouns,
fails in
"izafa,
the middle and can frequently be
translated as "of." Examples:
the daughter of the Nizam,
= /* )
'
"possessor"
Nizam =
f\i&
the war of independence
(war = C^ independence
= ij i'J
'
the government of America
(government =
In
an adjectival modification of a noun,
noun follows the "possessed one" and the enclitic
("possessed one" daughter
C^*Jr America = ~/*')
highly Persianized Urdu, geographical features are frequently written with the "izafa, " with
362
the geographical entity preceding
its
proper name:
Mount Sinai
(mountain
(ii)
~ bj
Jjr)
Sinai
Adjectival modification of a noun:
In such a construction, the
relationship
is
reflected
noun is followed by an
by the enclitic
attributive adjective
and again,
"izafa" that falls between the two.
their
When translating such
a construction into English, place the attributive adjective before the noun. Examples:
eft*
Jj
foolish heart
(heart
\J) foolish
= (Ôt)
**?{*
noble name
(name = p
'
noble
*g?yO
the Greatest Mughal
(Mughal
= \J
greatest
=p
')
the [Indian] subcontinent
(continent
=V
small
363
mjt>
16.1
Read and
Drill
translate the fol lowing couplets with the assistance
of the glossary:
Glossary
edit =
foolish
$ja
Glossary
(J'yt
v* =
= separation (m)
to pass off, to
tV^ - to be
pass over
entertained
recover
Glossary
fc**r
= to
leave, to
abandon
sJ = c\oud{$) (m)
364
j,<
ir
r^= night (f)

k^ tjlr
= moon (m)
Glossary
0^* = union, meeting (m)

jl
= friend,
2.
Read and
beloved (m/f)
translate the following passage concerning the
famous Indian movie, MughaJ-e
Azam (The Greatest Mughal)
**
&M Cftf jftfê- Jfjn/ft .... >**/i,Pf <L*n

-*jS\$&-$M ft A/\fL. U*< -&-*
if' ciif <'
m jt of
a,
Jm
-<z-
&M *# ***>{ Wl /*
>/ wp c~ Jf
^>m d?'\jM
&J 6ft v f\/J4 Lrf */utM ** ttib-pJH
365
vSiji
^j^.i-
^^-ifd^^J^' j*-. j\fî ft"
Prince Salim (1569-1627); Mughal prince
who on becoming emperor in
j/\>\Lj4
1605 adopted
the
royal title Jehangir (literally "world seizer")
** Anarkali, legendary courtesan

** *
in
the
Mughal
court, with
whom Prince Salim fell in
Emperor Akbar ( 1 542- 1 605); considered to be the greatest emperor of the Mughal
love
dynasty;
reigned from 1556 to 1605; father of Salim.
16-2
Some Common Uses of
Thus far we have encountered present and

tenses.
However,
in
Urdu, like
past participles in the context of different verbal
in English, present
other functions such as adjectives or adverbs (as
When employed
in this
Present and Past Participles
and past participles can serve a variety of
in
"burning fire" "while walking" and so on).
manner, present and past participles are usually followed by the
appropriate form of the past participle of the verb" Ctf"
I.
Qjyi <2^yi
dfi).
Present Participle as Adjective
When
used in an adjectival sense, these participles and the forms of "tyZ" attached to them
decline according to the case, number, and gender of the nouns they modify. Note, however, that
in
the case of feminine adjectival participles, the singular
366
form modifies both singular and
plural
feminine nouns. Examples:
J-/ l)*? tj*t
a dancing girl
*s
a singing boy
Jm*J* 4~~2f
laughing actors
playing
(Jl/)'
girls
C^J
shy bride
moving bus
In
2.
(./*
the past participle of" t.K
many instances,
*yt C*&
"
0*
^
l5^
0* iK/
0* 0*
may be omitted without affecting
the meaning:
am unable to read books in a moving car.
Past Participle as Adjective
Whereas the present participle of a particular verb, acting as an

progression
of particular
or a passive state.
instance:
Thus,
in the act or
conveys the
actions, the past participle as adjective connotes
at times, the past participle
*-//
state
of completion
may convey a present stative sense.
t*jf J-tf \fr would mean a seated woman
seated). In contrast
adjective,
(that is a
woman
in
the state of being
J-K tf" with the present participle, would mean a woman who
,
process of sitting down.
[$$ '# [/
dead man
UrlXo-tf
kept books
written
For
& 2# ^
letters
tj% &*f $'*
fallen things
i$# ** l&
a seated man
367
is
&jf
woman
a standing
constructed buildings
[J J?
USjif
(Jjf (
jLj
\jj
a past time
3. Participles as
(J_r?
Ij?
Nouns
Occasionally participles, like adjectives, can be used as

nouns.
They may or may not be followed
by the appropriate form of the past participle of the verb" tyt"

(J^f *_.*?
Wjf j.For
example:
Wake up /pick up the sleeping
Don't bother the person
who is reading
(lit.
one.
the reading one).
A famous Urdu proverb also illustrates this construction:
What wouldn't a dying person do?

(In a desperate state, a person
4. Participles as
Urdu
participles
would not think twice about the consequences of his/her actions.)
Adverbs
used
in
an adverbial sense can often be translated into English with phrases
beginning with "while" and often express incomplete actions. The adverbial participle phrase
almost always appears in singular masculine oblique form.
that contain adverbial participles
JJlj
is:
subject
The usual word order
adverbial participle
(0 &j*4f
wT( i^jt
While going home,
saw a
368
in
sentences
object - verb. Examples:
UfJfL
beautiful girl.
ut
While bathing, that girl was singing.
\> 2-*
/J/ in if
Watch the cut-up chicken walk!

(A note posted
5.
Participle
outside a trickster's stall
convey immediacy or to give the sense of "as soon
particle {f*
may be added
The
as" or
"immediately
after," the
to the masculine oblique present participle:
little
boy started crying as soon as he saw the dog.
will go there immediately after
finish eating.
jUi
Masculine oblique present participle combined with the word

Of two actions, that
signified
Lahore!)
{f*
In order to
6. Participle
in
is,
the action of the
by the participle +
"
"
main verb taking place
C-> )
at the
"
connotes the simultaneity
same time as
the action
*Us " construction. Example:
While driving (at the time of driving) a car, one should not speak on the telephone.
7.
Repeated Participles
participle ends
Present participles can often be repeated to signify that the action of the repeated
or results in the action
of the main verb. Repeated
369
past participles signify a past action resulting
in
a continuous or repetitive state. Examples:

JJ5
^y 2^> 2^> jt
began thinking while studying.
Poor Majnun died weeping.
Sir,
you will tire of sitting (and
sitting).
16.2 Translation Drills

Translate into idiomatic English:
-it -/ J*-/ l/'
*%
ctfcrj,*
-l(?
/,
24
<_>
If
tA*
/c/^y
r -r
,r
i.u _* *->/?
.a
z-j at
/$ in &Sf
r.i/i ,i
^ -44 y '^ j* *_* ^ *o

^.t
j/V Z-K 2-fj 4
370
,i
^ ^r^s _^ ^^ ê
-*>
l/'r*
i/*
a*-J^ 2-k iS/sta v
-*f&* a /ah ifjfî -x
i/jIW
(/-!
is
Jt
J?
J &} i-x 2->j /$ u Jf
\j
tut z<ijj>
L^t LJftfVst
\fst
Give some sweets
2.
Do not
3.
The laughing actor burst out crying all of a sudden!
4.
That man talks to dead people.
5.
We cannot study while eating.
6.
While studying (at the time of studying) one should not watch T.V.
7.
Ask Sunil's broken heart
8.
Raj does not like shy brides.
9.
As soon
10.
This
1 1
is
to the crying girl.
boy (the boy
talk to the studying
as he
came home,
a book written
The present
participle
by Reshma
who
(lit.
is
This
singing
studying).
is
Reshma's written book).
(1 it.
the singing one).
Present Participle and t?J Construction
of a verb when combined with the verb t?7
The
iterative indicates the constant repetition
this
form both the present
employed
is
Mummy darling gave Raj some food to eat.
Please give tea to the person
16.3
who
participle
in the negative, nor can
it
of an action and
is
results in the iterative form.
often translated as "keeps
and the verb l^v agree with the

be used with
compound
371
subject.
" In
The form cannot be
verbs/aspect indicators. In addition,
the present participle of C?-/ cannot be used in this construction,
will reach there in ten minutes.
You keep working.
Sunil kept going to Nargis' house, but Nargis had already
It is
my request that you
Note: The present participle of
tU when combined
with the tfj has two meanings:
In the past tense, the particle *i
expected
"to disappear, to be lost."
is
not used even
when
Present Participle and
The present participle of a verb when combined with
the participle
fcl?
that
is
unfolding of the action resulting in change. Since
tw
of a transitive
fcU can have several meanings, the most
the governing verb
and
(2) gradual
is intransitive,
do not use the particle i
He had a high fever but he
went on working-
Continue eating meat and your health will keep deteriorating.
372
verb.
Construction
being: (I) persevering or deliberately continuing with an action
constructions in the past tense
its
such evils wou Id disappear from the world
if on ly
common
with Raj.
keep trying to learn Urdu instead of learning Arabic.
meaning "keep on going" and an idiomatic one
16.4
left
.
.
Time kept passing and we gradually forgot each

16.3-16.4
other.
-1/
I*
in * & fj\J*f \fb/b\ti fi/ifuz

Translate the following sentences using the present participle and KstJ construction:
me on the phone, he kept sending me letters.
Instead of talking to
2.
Thirteen years after coming to the United States, they keep on remembering Pakistan.
3.
4.
kept trying
to explain to
him and he kept watching the movie.
On Saturday, Sarah and Saima kept dialing the telephone, but because of the rain the
phone was not working.
Urdu using the present
participle
saying your (Muslim ritual) prayers and then see
Keep on
2.
Shaan went on throwing the trash onto the
street,
and
tU construction:
how happy God
is
hut the children kept bringing
into his house.
3.
She went on narrating her (own) story and the
373
with you!
little girl
gradually
fell asleep.
it
back
Why wouldn't
4.
Rakesh be angry? Rcshma kept making fun of him instead of listening

to
his poetry.
16.5 Present Participle in the
Narration of the Past
Present participles without auxiliary verbs are frequently encountered

in narrations
of those past
events that occurred routinely or habitually. In such cases, the narration usually
begins with an
initial
sentence containing a present participle followed by an auxiliary, but in subsequent
sentences/statements, the auxiliary
In his childhood Sajid
eat
Until
is
dropped and the present
would often go to
his grandmother's
participle suffices
(literally, transfer),
letters,
16.5
and
he did
its
house during the summer
mangoes, swim, and watch Shah Rukh Khan's
one day before his death
on
all
own.
holidays,
films.
the house work, reply to all the
try to help the poor,
Translate into English:
d ~JtJ\s
ufi#2-&
Jry ^/Ji/Jtx jt Jj
$4
euCf.*/* j>j /,
J(j.
jj
fÂ
fat $-fa
-r
f*JL .> uH/k*
fi k__^\-
-V
Js/JtfoJtiS'^ i 13/ 4
*-*} 4->
374
\&
tjt
tf&4
V if
*r*
-r
During our childhood, before our grandmother's death, we used

morning, swim, take a bath, drink milk, eat fresh hot
boy would eat all the sweets,
2.
Thai
3.
While driving her car that
sly
friends
4.
girl
would
lie,
and bother
listen to
rotis,
all
to get
up
every
the shopkeepers.
music, sing songs, and talk to her
on her cell phone.
vegetables, and
make
1
The masculine form of a
6.6
Past Participle and
past participle
gender with the subject. Since
fruits
and
fun of democracy.
KJ
when combined
Construction
with the verb t-/ indicates an action
performed habitually. In such constructions, only the verb
is
am
and then go to school.
While walking down the streets, these mad boys would scream, throw
the subject
at 6
this construction is
not marked by the particle
L-
tJ
inflects,
agreeing in number and
considered to be intransitive in the past tense,
Son, go on helping [habitually] the poor.
Mummy darling habitually used to come to our house to drink tea.
Keep drinking your medicine
375
[for your
own benefit].
Note: For this construction, the verb
tU
uses
IU
as
its
past participle and not
its
normal form
Nargis habitually goes to Raj's house.
16.6
\*
Drill
2-fn & 7 }j& *fx
\f/f*
yS
- ijjy uh 64 64 $ y/
Translate the following Into
1.
Urdu
When we were healthy, we used to go

never talked
2.
3.
In his childhood Ra; used to
4.
don't
to his wife. I
know why my
[habitually] to that beautiful garden every evening.
used to remain [habitually] quiet in his house.
climb [habitually] the tree that was in front of his house,
parents don't give
me permission
were in college they used to watch films every Friday.
376
to
go
to the movies.
When
they
The Uses of? \J*
16.7
J*
\JS
occurs frequently in colloquial Urdu-Hindi as a substitute for J>J), "otherwise."
Get used
to
working
in
the heat, otherwise you will have a difficult time in Dubai-
JÛ a> 4
k
Take (literally,
J&'
?L/? J
eat) the medicine, otherwise the fever will increase.
You call the police, otherwise

y^/W
is
Ob J
\S\
will
do
so myself.
also used in colloquial Urdu-Hindi, usually in the context of conversations, to respond
negatively to assertions and connotes "not really," "no way," or "no."
Faraz:
Shad Are you talking among yourselves about me?

!
Shad: Not
16.7
really!
Why would we talk about you?
Drill
Mm
377
&xJa
jJUc *Jb
/yt&ifl~ut
3c
9 jt
16.8 Emphatic Negative Assertions
Emphatic negative assertions are created by combining

verb to be negated, followed by L-t\jtf.
JJ
with the oblique
infinitive
of the
The possessive âgrees in gender and number with
the subject.
vtjLt
I
Jt
am
\C
is
appropriate that
truth. I
won't
lie!
fj? J A* -%c^ ît i*3j ipf
_r
Lfu? J*f\SLS/(*ij\ Chi
,o
\Jl-M
It
-j* <& *'*$ jt
used to speaking the
16.8
jt
Urdu using the above construction:
you ask her about the newspaper.
378
will not ask her!
will not call Ali!
2.
3.
Salim can dry the clothes.
4.
will not sit in the hot sun!
5.
have
6.
will not lie to
to
go work now.
will not dry
I will
not wait for the bus!
my parents! am used to [habituated to]

I
16.9
$}/ - k.
them!
telling the truth.
r^ (Conversation)
QfzLC &*& Js
i/J
M if# -q&fftjjj.
At fin 6 ^4 m "iSx S&'S-^ / i*<^^ iTeie^

&** td&i 6/ -Hk &/ J) #M *> itfftisl-ifx J>j
j?.
-f~o*X
rA
j/^lTfin
\S/
~<f- >ffr
6H & 'cTî J i*"*4?
4% ~4> ifL-jOjil &b ut ZJj 2-x ZJg tffti* e^tfjS

Su^ 4** Ju>/ L4 L4d&\ <&if i-yiZ-f (* & *J
'<-*
ff;t <J# 6* & *
\f- \j&\tf* e*Jv <fi -#-
U&i
&
379
"
't
512 !Jcl

Sunil meets Raj and Nargis after they
come back from
their
honeymoon.
kept calling you but you weren't home.
Sunil:
Nargis,
Raj:
Don't you
Sunil:
Raj:
Don't bother us Sunil. Nargis will absolutely not play tennis with you.
know that we had gone our honeymoon?
am used to talking to Nargis every evening. What more can I say?
Nargis: Raj! Let
me speak otherwise I will
neveT forgive you. Sunil
is
my friend and you
need to get used to him instead of fighting with him.

Sunil:
Look Nargis!
long,
have written this ghazal for you:
my moist eyes kept smiling all night long.

380
"I
kept thinking of you
all
night
:gJv
Raj:
He is
lying to you Nargis. This
Nargis: Sunil,
Sunil:
is
is
not his
own ghazal. This
a stolen ghazal!
your name Makhdum? You ought to be ashamed.
Forget about the ghazal. Have you forgotten
we used to play tennis in
childhood, cook food, sing songs and dance? The truth
Raj:
is
is
You ought to have your brain examined (medically). You
that
our
love you!
arc crazy! Nargis
is
my
wife and she loves only me!
Sunil:
Oh what should I do? Nargis, I will write another ghazal for you.
Nargis: Enough! Sunil, you keep
on writing poetry but
won't read
it
(emphatic). Raj, you
need to start writing poetry.
Raj:
Listen to this song. I just wrote
Nargis: Raj,
know that you
it:
How crazy is my
did not write this song.
you remember that you kept singing

not necessary for
Raj. It
is
stolen
my heart.
it
for
heart!
We learned
it
It
loves you.
in
Urdu class. Don't you
me every day after class? No, my dear
you to write a song for me. Your beautiful eyes have
16.11 Songs
&U K lis
381
fct
<Û!LJ2-tf^j
O)
(r)
(r)
2k
j ^f
(r)
ak
4'V
,-j,
J^
2k.^L
Jy
V
T
<*>
382
(f
Glossary for songs
/^= entire, whole (suffix)
SJ2* = fate (m)
>xV= Alexander the Great

(y ^)\v=
/?
my darling
f^
&h= the entire night
= eye(f)
= tyranny, oppression
(m)
= moist, wet
t*?=to win
3J>
= pain (m)
ta^ = to cause to bend
\j
= candle (0
tu? = to be
I? Oi, ~
called, to be
*>y
Wf =tobrn
named
chance, accidentally
= sorrow (m)
oh /^ = road side
9- flame (f)
IV =
to stop; to stand
fcW =
li/'L = reed
still
to decline, to fade, to sink
(.
flute (f)
/^ musical, melodious
^l J = the world; time; age
(m)
ijif"
Ll^ =
Û* = story, tale (m)
f^ -
appealing
cry, voice, call (f)
brief, short
tjjj = lamp;
\A
= pleasing,
light
(m)
- to be extinguished,
to
go out
16.12
to bite, to cut
to bother
Vocabulary
W
fc/J
consideration, -deep thought (m)
to consider thouehtfullv
7/
0V
to take
into consideration
^Jjf's
yjf
dear, precious, beloved (m/f)
death
(lit.
transfer)
to die (for
(m)
x to
0$l
die)
tjf
\J^f
effort (f)
tJlff'/
to try
enemy (rn/f)
(yi
helpless
U'd-~
helplessness (f)
instead
Jl^J ^ x
(/-
of
^_ / (J>iC
(** {j./
long live
jL
couple
jjjfj
>e
mosquito (m)
(Jj
(f)
parents (m)
ijlh
to perform; to
tj
accomplish; to pay
principle (m)
0'
[jy*\
request (f)
ifJlr
slave (m)
ftf?
slave girl (f)
j^
take care
Z"
Li^>^
fcJ^
to lie
to
JX'
,,*
iie(m)
pair,
of x
fc-/gjl*f
364
^rj
&?
throne (m)
truth (m); true
to
to
î
speak the truth
be used to x,
to be
accustomed to x
&
V.K ijjw Ox
Reading Passages
386
Reading Passage One
&L>4
-+&* i/4 i/f>Vi
>-'
z-tlfy'
mCo*/:^/.
tabu
jt-Lj-Jr^C u?" it fy i/j -<f- X^ r

-or
-/
L*
!/**
J-v
Glossary
^V
the Subcontinent
&
tfv
winter
\fy^
special
<-<*
commonly, usually
/S
guava (m)
spring (0
fcM*
to
(f)
snow
387
^^
cold(t)
It/
UgUf
enough, sufficient
b*f
summer (f)
(m)j* *^(f) U*
autumn;
watennelon (m)
&>J)
tree (m)
leaf (m)
festival
(m)
festival in
which sisters {J
(J>~
on
(f)
beloved (m)
vow (m)
to be separated
entire life
J?
safeguard; protection(f)
fc>
state,
sisters
on the day of Rakhsha
(m)
(f)
promise,
fall
the wrist of their brothers
bandan
wrist
bloom
thread tied by
express love for their
brothers
to blossom,
condition
(f)
simile (f)
to compare
i ~gr
*f
Reading Passage
368
poets (plural of ^l?*)(m)
Two
\^mtj>
tr*A,
Glossary
J/c^
forecast (f)
sky, horizon (m)
yj?
cM
t*t
)&!
&
the possibility
of x to
happen
partly
J.AfpifJ
temperature (m)
jA
percent
c<A/
humidity
JTm
cloudy
^1 it>
sunrise (m)
\$PM
drizzle (f)
^w
Reading Passage Three
389
(f)
sunset (m)
Glossary
area, region
wit

(m)
rare
ji
the
t*
old, ancient
jjb
uncommon, rare
o-jp
cultural
~i**1
archaeological objects
educational
Osi
priceless
'//
center (m.)
J7
treasure (m)
Sf
shared, composite
$A
foreign (m/)
*c#
culture (f)
,jjf
cradle (m)
6MJ
shopping (0
Deccan plateau (m) ^&\-s\f
Ur
J*
Reading Passage Four
390
museum (m)
tourist (m/f)
some, few
Mat? iffs
*J&
-LJJf{$r*\*t$0
<&f3i
f^j ^\*
jfl^V&cfc Jp j&
391
fy fob/
e.
(1
#4>
(search glossary below for answer)
Glossary
h/*
to smile
tffc
(respected)
^y
samosa (m)
wife (respected) worn
efc*
host(m/f)
*jf
to
oW
guest (ra/f)
complete
-*/
trust,
e?
severe, hard
***
successful
*r
sin (m)
&*
success
Ui
prayer (0
fc*e%
to
ivji
to
be accepted
r^^
land of eternity
to
ask a favor; to pray
t^
to depart
confidence (m)
(f)
worry
&y
*
woman
worry
riddle
ti^y
to get
joke (m)
4*
coin (m)
t/
to
5*
crown (m)
7^
peacock (m)
an opportunity
fill
repentance
(f)
u/
to
r>
be astonished
392
tail(f)
Reading Passage Five
:^0 iTi-fe J*/*
Glossary
mmm
&
according to taste
royal
&p-r>
dining cloth* (m)
%//
curry leaves (m)
potato (m)
k**U
coriander (m)
tf/A
cabbage
fcfe*
to peel
<ffj4
cauliflower (f)
,/
piece (m)
*fi
recipe (f)
JJ*
(f)
thin, fine, delicate
things; ingredients ()
tor
to cut
quantity (m)
ju/
skillet;
393
frying pan
(f)
red
fcT
to fry
JO
tomato (m)
(hi
almond (m)
&
cup(f)
iM
brown, almond-colored
&-
oil
(m)
k"->
slow, simmer
J'jji
ginger (m)
&r
fire,
tf
to melt, soften
garlic
(m)
flame
iWff
mixture of spices (m)
j*
dry
lU
tumeric (f)
iM
stove (m)
J?
salt(m)
h/,
pepper
*a sheet spread on the floor
tL/Jy
(f)
decoration
members and
{f)
to eat with relish
on which various dishes are placed. Traditionally, before
introduction of dining tables, family
(f)
the
guests sat around this sheet as they partook of
the meal.
Reading Passage Six
^>.j
Jjr
P&tfi iJiJ
^ l&
tif^ Jt<jJ* /*-kJ./ tzslr^f/jl*

'
* -ft
(^
BJtri&-i/}
dA Ji M0# k? '*- U*?* -f-dW cUtf^ JQb fu'Out 2J, Vj f$*/*&* at ZJ*S
ft&'Kt OF* dftfh

/Ji-*L
re b lc_
J)\s
394
Glossary
fresh
tÛ
representative (m/f)
international
jj
delegation (m)
^J./ta^t'
please listen
bU/-
head, leader <m/f)
r-
Egypt (m)
*tt
meeting (f)
tjn
tour, trip, visit
iHj3*
during
w*
Jv^
West
(5k*l
unaware/ignorant
ojjj
to tour, visit
*s0\A>
capital city
t/jf
Cairo (m)
(m)
Palestine
(m)
(m)
-iy*
issue/issues <m)
furthermore
J\/<JL
country/countries (m)
J*if
right/rights
ih&>
Middle East
C*>
especially
bTi
peace (m)
&i
t/,%
to establish
/TV
Pyramids of Egypt (m)
\$J*>t>
terrorism (f)
1*0
Syria (m)
tJUwiU
clearly, emphatically
enJ
Jordan (m)
word/ words (m)
iSui
human
i-iiii
*jai
395
(m)
destruction, violation(f)
Reading Passage Seven
-i4 &So$i \figtfjl2h$ji
cS
if-
Glossary
tJfnh
The United Nations
J/
disease,
arp
tt
to
>jijf
epidemic (m)
bring x under
!;.
as soon as possible
>\?j if*
LJj
X to be invented
opinion
(f)
control
(**
tfj
to solve
organ ization(f)
Jlf ,J;b
exchange of ideas
tM
institution
(f\%
preventive, protective
t/jUTf ^x
to agree with
vaccination (m)
(m)
x
Note on the Calendar

In
most of the Urdu-speaking world, one encounters two calendars: the Islamic lunar or
calendar, and the Gregorian,
with the day
first (at
Common
Era one, called
isavii.
Dates are written from right to
times followed by / sign), the month second, and the year third.
396
hijrii
left,
The year is
usually written over the __
_^
sign which stand for the Arabic
word
for year,
"sana" This sign
is
followed either by j> (the sign for Islamic hijrii calendar) or p (the sign for the Gregorian
isavii calendar). All
months are masculine
Rajab
in
gender.
Muharram
r/-
rj
Sha'abaan
(jit**-*
Sqfar
Ramzaan/Ramdhaan
CJU-V-I
RabiV ul-awwal
i)Mt&j-r
Shawwal
J# J*
Rabii 'us-saanii
3*8^
2uu'l qadaa(Zii qaad)
Jamaadii ul-awwal
JjUI i/jU-6
Jamaadii us-saanii
i&tfteJi
Zuu'l hijjaa(Ziilhijj)
<fa \Sdjj\aUe
&$**
July
&u
January
tfjyi
August
+A
February
&>}
September
J?
March
October
sji
April
November
Jtt
May
it
December
s>
June
)*
&
Sample dates:
9th Shawwal, 1388 Hijri
W AjN J& *
397
Oth January 1968 C.E. t
WQ (&#<*
Urdu - English Glossary
398
wl
now
father (m)
you - formal
sister
IT
(0
lyT
r/
your (formal)
one's
this
own
much
\f\
up
Cl^'
wake up, rise
IX
to pick
to
&'
today
permission
^/J\f[
(f)
give permission to leave (got to run)
these days,
^J-
t^Jv[
JV
nowadays
pickles (m)
good
l#
newspaper (rn)
^1
to
fc/w
perform; to accomplish; to pay
^Jtf
greetings, hello, hi
actor
'
<//
'&'
(m)
> tfbf
actress (f)
399
,J
human
being,
man, person (m)
rf /[
half
in this direction
in that direction
intention
rest
(m)
(m)
to rest
to fly; to cause to fly
Mfjf
independence, freedom
(f)
\Jy\j\
in this duration
&JM \J\
therefore
^}
use (m)
Jt>|
to use
to
kfj\S>t
use x
tfjii>ltfx
student (m/f)
noble
\JJ)**\
J/ 5 f\
name (m) (formal Urdu)
sky(m)
^f
principle (m)
JjMj
generally, often; most;
many
although
^J\
r
although
zjf
cupboard, cabinet
r-(
(f)
(JsUt
400
!!
'
owl; fool; stupid (m/f)
f\
potato (m)
^1
mango (rn)
/* i
mother (f)
(J#
d&l
examination (m)
test, trial,
America (m)
<-/*'
American
peace , safety
mother
C^*/*' / l /'
(m
{/
{ft
(f)
rich
to
tr
come
J\aS\
waiting, expectation (m)
to wait for
tJ Jk?\ Ox
arrangement (m)
death
(lit.
IE-'*
f*
transfer)
(m)
x to
die)
to die (for
Jl^
JlP'
fcifl
*'
inside
darkness (m)
*/
human being (m)
C'U' J
tears
his,
'
J^
(m)
God willing (may God
tSx
M t&l
will that)
t# I
her (formal)
'
401
% c"
**
ftf/fetf
/T
eye(f)
English
(adj.)
\$y/\
(jyj*l
England (m)
gjgjgj
English (adj.)
Jpjfij
finger (0
^/
vagabond, wanderer (m/f)
^^ f
voice, sound, noise (f)
j^f
above
and
more, additional
^f
offspring, children (f)
Iran(m)
^| y(
Iranian
4^
once
father
(m)
LI
father (m)
(,
speech, word; thing (abstract); matter; affair (f)
to speak, to talk, converse
,-^1
\;J
402
sister (f)
rain(f)
JVI
to rain
k* t/VL
market, bazaar (m)
-/'J I
garden (m)
hair (m)
arm, embrace
y*^t
(f)
1% J
cook{m)
y^t
out, outside
to play
tU*
(an instrument)
C*
childhood (m)
child
(m)
fever; wrath; steam
fir
(m)
worse
worst
to
\>*
change
Wednesday (m)
bad, evil,
&<*i
wicked
to be offended, to feel insulted
4^^
Britain (m)
snow/ice
9 ^
(f)
403
rice
w/ spicy meat or vegetables (f)
(JlX
big
grown up,
to
(jj
elder person (m/f)
cause to increase; to enlarge (transitive)
to increase, to
grow, to extend
tU-fc
b*%
(intransitive)
revered person, respected elder
^JjS(
enough!
\tj*
without
to call, invite
Jr
cat (f)
make, to
(**)
tyg
nightingale (f)
to
/ (*
^*j
Jt
build, to create
fcfc;
%, -
Bangladesh (m)
to
be made,
to
p lay the role of x
built,
created
t*
\fi
to cause to be built; constructed with (used with
tyjfi
Zander)
UJi
(m)
brave, courageous
/fy
very
C^C
better
best
t^ft
404
sister (f)
helpless
C^^~
helplessness (0
0*~
daughter
(f)
l>
to sit
middle
poor thing/ fellow
\jj\g
(rrt/f)
to sell
fed
jij%
scores of
Ul&f
useless, unemployed
ill
tM
fcgj
up
sick,
(adj.); sick
J6s,
A&
person (m/f)
sickness, illness (f)
\j
A&
(i^
wife(f)
India (m)
CwUj
heavy
U>l^
to flee, to
run away from
brother (m)
ghost (m)
CÂ
hunger (f)
J*
405
to forget
also, too
ip
to send
crowd
faff
>j
(f)
toilet,
>t
^&l
excrement, stool (m)
Pakistan (m)
\JCî
Pakistani
Jfcî
crazy,
mad, insane
to raise, nourish; maintain; to protect
IV
to find
tl
t
water (m)
$1
father (m)
{?
^.r?
pants, trousers (f)
wife (f)
(j*
address; hint, clue, trace (m)
to
come to know;
to find
# Q
out
husband (m)
last, past,
(J*
previous; back, latter
(ffr
on
406
tU
old (thing)
day before yesterday; day
after
0^^
tomorrow
A%
family (m)
worried
ld%4
^7?
Premchand
>p-/
prominent author of Urdu-Hindi
narrative prose, died 1936
to study, to read
pleasing (adjective); choice, preference
>^r
(f)
Mz-^y
favorite
to
cook
to catch,
apprehend
moment (m)
bed(m)
fan; ventilator (m)
mountain,
hill
(m)
to recognize; to
know; to perceive
v"
to discern
jjy
to reach
Hi
to ask
U%
quarter less than (after whole number)
-?
love (m)
407
t/y^
to love
onion
ji
(f)
,rV
thirst (f)
cup(f)
stomach (m)
â^
be born
t*Ms
to
leg(m)
^5
Monday (m)
money, cash, wealth; coin (m)

urine
_^*
**
(m)
U*
*
w^lî
yellow
to
j^
drink
X
again
yet,
^ fi
still
see you soon
fruit
y^
(lit.
we
will
meet again)
(m)
(J%
fautseller<m/f)
Jlj
J$
\)h
flower (m)
\j!&
to spread
fci^
*
to
throw
40S
J?
star(rn)
[jf*
date, history (f)
gjfr
historical
(Jvt*
so that
Jfy
gift(m)
J?
throne (m)
C^"
to sit
down
(formal Urdu)
to enter (formal
picture,
tS*JkJLf*
Urdu)
photograph
tU
yj^
(f)
w3
praise (f)
to praise
t/*'
tJ wj/û
details, explanation; analysis (f)
(>*
y ?
speech, recital; statement (f)
to
*J%J$
Cy y jp
give a speech
until
you - informal
body (m)
^T
-i
to bother
you -
fcy
J?
least formal
tj?
409
ready
to
,r>
swim
*I
&
swift, quick; hot (spicy), fiery, shaip
festival
(m)
^r
tiredness (f)
some, few; scanty,
piece, morsel
little;
\j&
less
(m)
hat(0
to
6J
0'/
break (intransitive)
to wait; to stop; to stay
tj*
cold (adjective)
iM
cold (noun,
&
fine,
f)
good, exactly
to become well
tU-
410
tt
b
Japan (m)
)l\p
*
Japanese
(3lU
r*
cold (weather) (m)
to
wake
life,
Ijt
up, rise
fc^V
soul; sweetheart; energy (f)
/^
to
go
to
know
b-U
animal (m)
vÛ
when
w^
tl^
(L?
germs (m)
/*
celebration (m)
place,
J?
vacancy (f)
gentleman,
sir,
u^C>
mister (m)
&?'
Friday (m)
Thursday
&A f*
(f)
democracy (0
*2< J$*
answer (m)
w^-'i?
young (adj.); youth (m/f)
\z)\
*
youthfulness, youth (f)
(jiiJ
t f-
shoe(m)
411
pair,
couple
(f)
ljj
^^
lie(m)
to
He
^>
|jjy
j/ J.
no, not
<4*
to live, to
life
be alive
far
partner <m/f)
\s }"
clever, cunning, sly
^f\f ^
moon (m)
j (^
J^
moonlight (f)
rice (pi.
m.)
Jj^
tea(f)
_(,
shut up; be quiet
yij
to steal
f|^
200 (m)
J^\f-$
to climb
fcj
to drive
fc[|^
to come along, to
go along, to set out, to walk
l^
spoon; sycophant (colloquial) (m)
wound; injury (f)
^j
412
theft (i)
<,
thief(m)
jj
to
scream, yell
thing (f)
China (m)
fjf
Chinese
(Jjf
sugar (0
(jf
^
student (Hindi) (m/f)
umbrella; canopy
(f)
holiday, vacation
(f)
J'l/
is/*
knife (t)
small
L
condition, state (m)
condition (f)
action, deed; mischief;
movement (f)
beautiful
truth
*^"
(0
government (f)
^S-^*
413
J*
to
govern
tfiZsfi
henna (f)
j*>
special
^f
empty
quiet, silent
(^V U
family (m)
g0j*g
news (0
to finish, to
to finish, to end,
%y f
conclude (intransitive)
t>T
goodbye (lit. God be your protector)
God
willing (may
God
forbid
God
&\# \
wil! that)
God forbid (may God not will that)

service
blemish (0
>(/
ij
tL~J
\j&
\$\7
fa/
to spend, to expend (transitive)
to
f \
wl>
to
J)
&S Mr
(f)
bad
fault,
be spent, expended
(intransitive)
\ZJ
fyS
ts?
fe7
t^7
buy
414
letter (m)
Ja>
dangerous
Ut/^
dream (m)
w'i^
*-, *
iStJtrlf
beautiful
)y
self (reflexive); oneself
happy
{J"P
happiness (0
{f?
blood (m)
&f
thought, idea, opinion (m)
C/J^
hb
grandfather (paternal)
{Jsh
lentils (f)
Jw
tooth (m)
^h
pain (m)
3J)
door(m)
wMfJ*
river (m)
La*
to have diarrhea
signature (m)
J^ J
enemy (m/f)
<yi
hi'î
invitation; feast; party (f)
415
to invite x
to have
a party for x
*
office
(m)
shop, store
(f)
heart (m)
interest (interesting) (f)
bridegroom (m)
bride (f)
brain, mind, intellect
(m)
day (m)
world
CM
(f)
medicine (f)
afternoon
/&
(f)
milk (m)
Jh
far
time (period
of);
period (m)
during this time/period
\fi fSJlM l/I
friend (m/f)
(^
(^
friendship (f)
second, another
both
416
to repeat, double, fold
fcUi
yogurt (m)
(Jo
sister (f)
a long while; a long period of time,
late,
interval; lateness (f)
<Zto delay, to be a long time, to
to
come
Si
late
care of x
taJce
to sec
to give
wall
mad,
(f)
s
ecstatic
sunshine, heat of sun (f)
pomp and
to
gusto
(f)
If)
wash
j
mail (0
post office (m)
doctof (m/f)
to pour, to place, to put
box (m)
417
fear(m)
to fear
fe/j
&J
Dacca (m)
littleJust;
Jlf )
please (with
form imperatives)
'yj
night (f)
JjJj
king (m)
^J
road (m)
2^'J
pleased; contented; agreed
(J
to agree
to
'J
hS
t^" {j
upon x
be pleased with x
tsi
melody
(f)
{f\j
juice, nectar (m)
\J
receipt
-^
(f)
%*'
connection (m)
-4*
family, relatives (m)
P*V
(jJv** J
Ramadan, Muslim holy month (m)

\/tf
418
Jljf(m)Uh
J\*?J
cheeks, countenance (m)
relationship
C-
^h J
rupee (Indian/ Pakistani currency) (m)
S\5J
bread
fa
(f)
Russia (m)
Russian
If,;
to stop, to prevent
to cry
Uj
to stay, to live
train (f)
J
cold (illness) (m)
A3
time, age; world; fortune (m)
Iand<f)
landlord (m)
life(f)
living, alive
long live
tot,
very
much
</
whole, entire,
all;
the
whole
419
half (with
-As
whole numeral)
\J\s
mother-in-law (f)
birthday
9J7 \s
(f)
O If
curry (m)
barrage, luggage,
breath
goods (m)
(Jit*
uV
(0
y*
a!l
tJyV
vegetable (f)
./r
vegetarian (rn/f)
l^T
dream (m)
to tease, to
tt>
annoy, lo torment
true (adj.); truth
(m)
iy
to speak the truth
cold (noun,
fa
head (m)
if*/
f)
P""*
cheap
/""
father-in-law (m)
journey (m)
to
v^*
make a journey, travel
JP*
white
to be able to, can
Sikh
420
todiy
fcU^
greetings to
a Muslim (reply
in parentheses)
Cfli^
Cî)r^ffc
^faft*^
to explain, to
cause to understand
t\J[
a?
to understand
to
cause to
listen, to tell, to narrate
Cfc"
orange (m)
\/^
beautiful
jjj~-
S-
y*y*
marble (m)
<?
orange (m)
to listen
t^"
hundred
one and a quarter; quarter more (after number)
*y
question (m)
\j\y
to think
k>y
& jr
by
to sleep
cT
girlfriend (for girls) (f)
from
before
apple (m)
421
stroll,
walk, tour, excursion
(f)
to stroll, to take a walk, to tour
hundreds of
'**
service (f)
w
tf&
wedding (0
poet(ra)
vegetarian (m/f)
evening
(f)
*$?
prince (m)
-6^
perhaps
name (m)
(*&
(formal Hindi)
CW*/*
mischief(f)
^< f
sherbet (beverage) (m)
C*>r
be shy, reticent
*&s
ashamed, bashful, modest
to
jz**"^
V /"
alcohol, wine(0
to
lr
>'**'
splendid, stately, grand
auspicious
V*
fc#
be ashamed, bashful, modest
o-^X
mischievious
"5;
honorable, noble
422
to start, to
begin (transitive)
tJ w*s
to start, to
tyi /j jr
chess
&/^
(f)
ft
poetry;
/*"*
a couplet, a verse (m)
thanks (m)
noise, uproar, disturbance
Jr
(m)
hobby/ hobbies (m)
QP
husband (m)
jtf'
town
city
jf
(m)
emperor (m)
slP^""
c^
gentleman,
sir,
< *>
mister
ijU
clean
morning
health
U*
(f)
(0
J> *>&
healthy
JJ**
president (m/f)
Sufi - a
Mus lim
mystic (m)
423
definitely, sure
necessity;
need
necessity,
&s
&J3/
(f)
need
for
<s*jf/*\$ x
k
temperament, health
manner, style
Ît
/*
student (m/f)
us-*^*
(f)
/x
(f)
storm (m)
(if
6^
6
habituated;
accustomed
to be habituated/used
lover
(JjU
to/accustomed to
y^k
tj?
(j?l*
(m)
being a lover (0
C/
wonders (pi.)
^r^f
V^
museum (m)
wonder (m)
^jff
<_.%<
wonderful, surprising, strange
u^L*
court (f)
424
Arabic
(f)
Jj/
dear, precious, beloved (m/f)
y*f
love (m)
(jr*
great
<<;
cure (m)
,0f
besides, moreover, in addition to
w()
i~
^vU?
buildmg(f)
(f)
woman (f)
\Z*jf
age
festival
- Muslim
Ar?
(f)
s
Christian
i}[^f
I
poor person (m/f)
/
*T ^-^
poverty
l^/
(f)
ghazal (love poem)
(f)
(J_^
bathroom (m)
$i \j^
to bathe
tJ yr
f$
slave (m)
mistake, error (0
sorrow (m)
*-Jt^
sorrowful
425
consideration, deep thought (m)
jf
tJjf
to consider thoughtfully
to take
leisure, free
%J jf /
X
v.
into consideration
time
\2s* ?
(f)
A
^
worry (0
ski 1 1, art, craft
(m)
artist
J&
(m)
army(f)
,y
to dial the
to call
phone
t(J^ i^)f
x on the phone
^/ \*jf y x
J^
decision (m)
9*
capable, able, skillful
worthy of (with oblique
(jtl?
iJJS
infinitive)
^1$
carpet (f)
grave,
tomb (f)
j}
oath(f)
to
swear by x
queue, line
fcU)
(f)
**
^|j
426
(J
fort
(m)
aJJ
pen (m/f)
shirt (f)
qawwali
fj^v
- spiritual-mystical
Muslim mystics
prison, jail
song recited by
(jfy
(f)
(m)
>$*j
prisoner (m/f)
{J>U
M
^-^f
price, cost (f)
J
to bite, to cut
l?t>
kohl, coliyrium (m)
\j*
would that
\Jv
enough, sufficient, adequate
(3
black
HIT
work, job (m)
f*D
to
ty
work
successful
success
^k*''
(Jl'fc'
(f)
ear(m)
fork; thorn
r*p
C^^
(m)
fro
**y
when?
427
since
when?
sometimes
occasionally;
^^f
?-_.
now and
then
/p J^
/*
clothes (m)
book (f)
^(^
dog (m)
(f
how much, how many?

trash
LP / c /
(m)
j?
jg ^
a
nothing
(m)
tff
chair (f)
to
do
fy
ten millions; crore
/jy*
millionaire (m/f)
{J Ji^'
millions of
\JiJiJ
for
what reason, why?
?^L
farmer, peasant (m)
</
iJt-C
tomorrow, yesterd ay (m)
j^P
less
to reduce
to
t^
something, anything
fare, rent
J-'
be reduced
428
room (m)
comb(f)
to
comb
slave girl (f)
effort (*)
to try
who?
?c//
someone; anyone (noun, m.); some, any;

approximately
(J Jr
(adj).
no one; nobody
that,
\J*i
which,
LA'
who (rel. pronoun
and conjunction)
Of
where?
from where?
story (f)
to say, to
to call
speak (with
^-)
(something a name) (with
inside
on top of
AC
instead of
LJf. {ft
in return for x; instead
of x
regarding
429
out, outside
__
^ \
after
without
M (^
near
Q\
J\s
g?
behind
with
in front of,
across, facing
~l'
jfyj
near
under
kilogram
j&
*~
because of
^>j
some; a few
what?
what sort
JL-
several;
*\f
of,
what kind
of,
how?
*?
banana (m)
-.
lf~
ll/
why? for what reason?
? fJj
because
,J*J
430
Ur
/
to eat
ti/
food (m)
ti/
to cough
cough
(f)
J/
window {f)
athlete, player (m/f)
tJ?
toy(m)
to open
i/
to lose (misplace something)
agricultural field (in)
to play
J
car(f)
to drive a car
song (m)
to
sing
village
(m)
cow(f)
hot
431
heal, hot
to fall
weather
(f)
(Jy
down
fry
request (f)
to
tfjj
spend time, to pass
tjy
Jjf
filth (f)
witness (m/f)
9 \j
meat (m)
j^ ^^-
meat eater (m/f)
<yV
meat curry (m)

round, circular; a circle
&/J
tf
\Jy
song(m)
house (m)
y*
clock/ watch (f)
(iy*
hour(m)
(J2*
horse (m)
/yjp
J
answerless, speechless; unequalled, matchless
w'i
hundred thousand
li
&[)
(J-'
432
Jl)
red
to bring
CU
boy (m)
&/
girl(f)
V$
yogurt drtnk
LV
to fight
(f)
wr >
to write
tall
people, folk (m)
J> ^
lemon/ lime (m)
U-^-
totake
r
mother (f)
tH
mother (f)
to hit
to
be convinced, to
sweets
Listen, to
v-
obey
$&
(f)
^**
helpless
iS-*&
helplessness (i)
criminal (m)
mosquito; insect (m)
433
love(f)
to love
$S ,*
lover
work (f)
^^^
do hard work
%J CJ*
hard
to
^^
(m)
pr
hard working
help(f>
to
help x
fc/^X* tfx
joke, wit; laste (m)
to tease, to
Pepper
jjjj
make fun of x
ftJf
(t)
Jj^
lfK
,^
chicken
(f)
chicken curry
<yV ^ {$ }
(i)
to die
fc/
disposition, health
how are you?

grave,
to
(m)
,( y
(formal)
tomb, shrine of a Sufi holy
**>/"
man (m)
(/'
Jj
enjoy
fc/
delicious
\f
j\j,
>
i^J*
traveller (m/f)
intoxicating
>&**
mosque (f)
jf*
434
yt
t'y^
to smile
Muslim
Muslim
C^
difficult
U^
famous
J **
UU'/JU'
(m)
spices
.J^^
busy
essay, composition
(m)
purpose, intent; motive (m)
forgive/ excuse
me
*<?**
examination (medical), investigation (m)
have something examined (medically)
to
to
know
facts,
information
Mughal
(f)
dynasty that ruled India from the
6th
J*
to the 19th century

ta*.
poverty
(f)
useful/ profitable
place
(*A&0
(m) (plural)
mausoleum (m)
house (m)
landlord (m)
435
f$>
but,
however
J>
country (m)
to
Û
meet
j?
possible
to celebrate,
jfc.
lm
commemorate
appropriate
t"*
*~*fc>
temple (m)
jjy
f
&
Tuesday (m)
mouth, face (m)
patient
^*tif*
(m)
J%f
tV
fat
\3*
season (m)
Mahabharata - Indian epic
&j\Ji 1/
Maharashtra (m)
lp*ijKtf
queen, empress
thanks
(f) (lit.
(3'>t/
(f)
kindness)
L>Lf
forms)
<L-
guest (m/f)
henna
>
(3^/^
^^-
gjtf*
J^
(f)
&/
expensive
sweet
f^
my
43e
liL/
Mirabai
a 16th century poetess famous for her
devotional songs to the
Hindu
&U
deity Krishna
table (f)
minaret (m)
in
U
to
dance
angry; displeased; upset
to be/
become angry;
upset
Ji
nose(f)
name (m)
r6
tt;
narcissus (f)
near
J/
flu(m)
sign,
& iM
momento, souvenir (m/f)
song (m)
to
come
out, to arise; to depart
Muslim ritual
prayers (f>
437
to recite
namaz
fc*y
>U
lemon/ lime (m)
salt(m)
servant (m)
job,
to
work (0
tl/
bathe
no, not
blue
Itf"
to return,
to
come back
go back, return
father
J*t
<m)
mother
9jff
(f)
cC^ 9
parents (m)
reason
to
<?>
(f)
work
out, to exercise
J U4 J*
otherwise
*)
weight (m)
ij^
minister (government) (m)
Sh
prime minister (m/f)
homeland (m)
438
time (m)
sZî
lawyer, agent (m/f)
those
that,
they
g fw
he/ she
Î
ftj
there
\j\i
hand (m)
game,
|>
%J^
etc.)
every
yT
every day
t^^
every day
i3W yj
every year
{Jv*
every month
^f /I
every
2M
week
thousand
JJj
OiJ *A
thousands of
hospital
Ji
JQ?
(m)
Saturday;
XH
week (m)
plow (m)
we
(polite fonn:
Ca
r*
I)
439
Hindu
%jty
India (m)
\JîM
Indian
$C*)M
to cause to laugh
tU1
to laugh
t^
air,
wind (f)
\&
aerial
Qifc
airport (m)
ijl
(Jl^
air pollution (f)
airplane (m)
J^j J)ji
intelligent, clever
j\f* 3%
\S
L
memory, remembrance (0
to
)l
remember
for x to
fc '
jL / /
remember
tt
that is to say,
i.e.
C^-î
university (f)
this,
these
here
(^L<
Jew
\jiy&
440
English-Urdu Glossary
441
A
able
(JbG*
tO be able tO ; Can
(always preceded by stem ofanother verb)
/)S
above
7
action (f)
*/7
actor (m)
J&&
actress (f)
wtfb'
in addition to
ff.*lrJZ
vjl
additional (more)
address (m)
aerial
Jus
affair (f)
c^t
L*
to be affronted
Kfc
after
^r
J& $ J
afternoon (f)
yHt
again, then
age(f)
agent (m/f)
to agree
upon x
agricultural field
ttf
\j^-i *
*J
(m)
442
air()
feft
air pollution
if*$
(0
W*
%$$&
airplane (m)
airport
8'
(m)
&?*
alive
9>^
all
4***
all
'A*
(whole)
also, too
although
4>
America (m)
C/*/'/(/
American
angry
to be/
tit
become angiy
(^TUC
animal (m)
to annoy
'/"ij
another
answer (m)
any
J/
(adj.)
J/
anyone/someone
anything
apple (m)
443
appropriate; suitable
approximately
(J// C- 5^
Arabic (f)
arm, embrace
Jy-
^L
(f)
armyffl
,y
arrangement (m)
/* U'
art(m)
>^>/
ashamed
to
|^>
be ashamed
Ctf
o^y-'
ask
athlete/player (m/f)
bad, evil
\x
to feel bad, to feel insulted
\jl
(rotten)
^Ji7
baggage (m)
tfWs
bad
banana (m)
U~)J&:
Bangladesh (m)
*&$/'
bashful
to
tji
be bashful
444
bXt/
to bathe
IV / tAr
beautiful
i&Tj J^jr^f/Jjy
because
because of
*4
î
c^-*
bed(m)
before
to
begin (transitive)
tfv>>
to
Ctf
behind
s /^
Zl
^J
vt
to believe
Cr U"
UK
besides
<
C^/ ^
1
best
,/#
better
big
fe
V,l<
birthday (f)
to bite; to cut
or
black
US'
d?
blood (m)
blue
body(m)
C/
*r
book(-f)
445
to
ttfiM
be born
both
<jy !J
\SJb
to bother
box(m)
boy(m)
brain
(m)
brave
bread
yjfjjg
(f)
Jjy
to break (intransitive)
1?/
%jj
U^
breath (m)
bride
LVJ /c^j
(f)
bridegroom (m)
l^*^
to bring
til
+*&4
Britain (m)
brother <m)
(JU?
C^/^yU?
building (f/m)
to
be
built (intransitive)
to build (transitive)
to cause to
to have
tbs
be built
fcl>^
if*
built
^>-^
busy
446
but,
to
however
buy
by,
t-fcv
iJT
till
cabinet
(J-/Ul
(f)
capable
tl5*
to call (something a
name; use with s )
C?
tJ
to call x on the phone
to call
/^ft+
&P
tic
invite
(j-/lf
car(f)
carpet (f)
I*
cat(f)
to catch,
apprehend
to celebrate,
C&*
commemorate
celebration (m)
chair
a-/
(0
to change
cheap
cheeks; face (m)
chess
(f)
chicken
(f)
447
/V
chicken curry (m)
%{$
(m)
2?
childhood (m)
<y$?
children
j\j 9 i
child
(f)
China (m)
Chinese
[f
Christian
Jkf
A
j*
city(m)
clean
^JU
clever
i^/i) (?
to
t^yr
climb
clock / watch
c?y
(f)
clothes (m)
clue(m)
1^
cold (adjective)
cold (noun,
Jfc*'
'
&*}{$) S
f>
cold (weather; winter)
(rn)
cold (illness) (m)
0U/($ w^/*
r*|fi
comb(0
to
comb
to
come
to
come
along, to go along with, to walk
\P%
448
to
come back
to
come down,
to
come to know,
to
come
fcf
to descend
cond ition
tyf
to find out
out, to depart, to set
j\9
ty*
out
fcifr
^J \p
(f)
condition, state (m)
(JU
consideration; careful thought (m)
jf
to consider thoughtfully
to take
t<rjf
tJ jf S
x into consideration
to construct
to
tb;
cause to be constructed
ttyi
to have x constructed
to
tly:
be convinced, to obey, to believe
( I
cook(m)
to
Jx
J^jsl
cook
fjjj
cost (f)
tf^
cough
(/uT
(i)
to cough
t^W
country (m)
wU
couple, pair (f)
a couplet (of poetry,
(Jy.
m)
yjL/
courageous
449
court
\z)\j6
(f)
!_$
cow (f)
m
craft
(m)
(^T
crazy, mad, insane
\J t
criminal (m)
fk
crowd
jj*
(f)
ti>
to cry
cunning
*_J J
cup(0
(j^
cupboard (0
ifylA
cure(m)
^05
curry (m)
O* U"
U6
to cut; to bite
Dacca (m)
/UJ
dance
C>t
to
danger (m)
jty*
dangerous
^/&
darkness (m)
date; history (f)
daughter (f)
450
day(m)
day before yesterday day after tomorrow
dear, precious, beloved
(lit transfer)
y*f
(m)
x to die)
to d ie (for
[&
J**?
c/>
deed(0
definitely, sure
J3
-''-i^*
C-C vn
democracy (0
tj?
to descend
^9 J
C-/I
CA
details, particulars; explanation; analysis (f)
to dial the phone
ttff (j|/
&s>
diarrhea (m)
t ' CU-"J
have diarrhea
6/
to die
difficult
v b
to discern; to recognize
disposition, health
'f
tj S >
a long time
delicious
to
(S^l
JbV
t yt
decision (m)
to delay, to be
}jj
{Jys
death
(m)
fr'^
how are you? (formal)
ft'/''
451
&J
t/
to do
doctor (m/f)
dog (m)
door (m)
to double; to repeat
dream (m)
tf*r4r
to drink
to drive
to drive a car
til?
iSif
to dry (transitive)
ear (m)
to eat
effort (f)
fc/tw
to try
to
be
(m)
em harassed
emperor (m)
empress
(f)
452
empty
(j
^,J
/*
to end, conclude (intransitive)
t*7
r^
to
enemy (m/f)
(/
\$S&\
England (m)
Q&&tt 6'sS\
English (adj.)
English (nationality)
is o/
to enjoy
to enlarge, to
expand, to cause to spread
tU'ij
(transitive)
to increase; to
grow; to spread (intransitive)
fc*#
enough!
\fj*
a
enough (sufficient); a
to enter (formal
{J o
lot
Urdu)
fcU
U>
entire
essay
^-f*
(^ 5*
composition (m)
evening (f)
flf
every
y?
Ck
every day (m)
yT
SsJjt
every month (m)
&i?fi
every week (m); every Saturday
Z&l /I
453
0^"
every year (m)
evil,
i^
bad
*J$
exactly
(m)
examination
(test)
examination
/ investigation (medical,
to
C^l*f
m)
,->
have something examined (medically)
\SJ
U>
^ b>
Z L? I
excrement (m)
to exercise
t-/ C-/i-^
^7
to expend, to
ifbs
spend (transitive)
to be expended, to be spent (intransitive)
fc>?
&J7
6V
expensive
to explain, to
cause to understand
L'Uf
to extend (intransitive)
to extend, to
/l
expand
t**"3^
(transitive) (causative)
L'U'vC
J1
eye(f)
._'
face (m)
^-*/^
facts (f)
ii-li^
to fell
down
/U*
family (m)
454
M^
famous
jfC*
fan; ventilator
(m)
for
jsS
fare; rent
jf,
(m)
km
fanner (m)
fast,
cJU{
quick
5g?
ts>
fat
U/wL/t/0/Jli
father(m)
/*''
father-in-law (m)
blemish
fault,
(jl/
(f)
favorite
9J*J>L
fear(m)
to fear
feast;
tyj
c^J
party (f)
fed up
>(
festival
(J)
J&
fever (m)
\jf
few
to fight
to fight
jS J (m) /^f
t/*
ty,
jv
filth (f)
to find
L'l
T
455
/,4#"
to find out
tyr
fine
J^
finger (f)
to finish
ty^P*
to flee
{/ty
flower (m)
{J9K
0) Jf
flu(m)
to fly
tJ\
to cause to fly
tyjl
food(m)
fool
tl/'
(m)
^L ^1
(jJ^C
to forget
)J^\**/ * w*l**
forgive / excuse rne
fork; thorn
fort
^Y
(m)
^S
(m)
freedom
(f)
(JjUT
free time (f)
C^V
Friday (m)
^jt^
friend (m/f)
ît-^ J
friendship (f)
(/'jj
from
tz^
456
^^
from where
fruit
\J\J
(m)
fruitseller
(m/0
[}b
J% I Dh J^
G
garden (m)
,t
generally
gentleman,
sir,
^> L>
mister (m)
germs (m)
fAZ
to get, to obtain
ghazal (love
(with
fci?
poem) (f)
JL>&
gift(m)
girl
t$
(0
<r
girlfriend (for girls) (f)
to give
tj;j
"*
give permission to leave (got to run)
go
to
go back
f)
\J'f
ghost (m)
to
w C>
* JU-J
fcU
tirijvb
God
forbid
God
willing
(May God
2"S?
not will that)
(May God will
\J>
(J) <L-Jt S&
(J%~Jt&tJkt *$l
that)
good
U*J/
457
goodbye (lit, God be your protector)
&9
Sj&
goods, luggage (m)
C^LU'
government (f)
&y*
ty i^-^r^
to govern
Jj\?
grand
tt
$)
grandfather (patema 1)
(jfc
y )h
grave
jg
(f)
grave, tomb, shrine of a Sufi holy
A)*
man (m)
fC^ / p
great
27gT/
greetings, hello, hi
"Peace on you"
[to a
w^/J;'
p j) f^ fit*
iM f^)^ f lM
(f
Muslim] (reply in
(f*U>
parentheses)
grown
ijA I '%
up, elder person (m/)
guest (m/f)
\$\/C
H
**
habituated; accustomed
to
hair
t^
be habituated/used to/accustomed to x
{J
jW
(m)
458
#)i /t>T
half
<lv U
half (with whole numeral)
jg L
hand (m)
happiness
(f)
(J"
happy
hard
\jf
^^
work (f)
to
^J C*&
work hard
hard working
fjp
hat(f)
t3y
^/^
he/she
head (m)
health (f)
>i>*j^
healthy
heart (m)
\Ji
heat, hot weather (f)
{J
heavy
U-'^
helP (f)
to
J-4
W)J>
help
t/
to help x
Ox
-^/L^ d~
helpless
helplessness
;>i
{$jl
(f)
if* tL-
(J^/fe
henna (f)
459
here
ok.
Pj\
here (in this direction; hither)
hill;
mountain (m)
j[/
Hindu
)'M
Hind u devotional hymn (m)

hint, clue, trace;
tf?
address (m)
&|/ ^ \J\
his / her (informal)
his
#( / (f ^\
her (formal)
history; date (f)
JjJC
historical
m
\S JC
to hit
tVL
hobby / hobbies (m)
Qy-
holiday, vacation (f)

(J>
homeland (m)
^Tj
horse (m)
\jj
hospital
Jl^T
(m)
hot
hot (spicy)
jjf
hour (m)
\$0
house (m)
gnplV(
how much / how many?

human being (m)
I*/U/ '
460
human being, man,
person (m)
{J 3
{)*$*
hundreds of
%fcx
\Jf*
hunger (f)
^J f&
husband (m)
(J
lj
j;y
if
if only
/would that
\J%
jt
in
in return for
to increase (intransitive)
tî^
to increase (transitive)
CU#
independence
\j$j
(f)
India (m)
)fr'9'X</
Indian
&j\
ijfr's&i
infonnation
injury;
*zXj**
(f)
wound (0
*~*%
j\
inside
j \C
inside of
461
of
instead
10 feel
insulted
intellect
hurt
LM
(m)
;[*?
intelligent, clever
intent;
V"^
meaning (m)
intention
9^ A
(m)
interest (f)
CJ^=?
interesting
^v 2
*~^**
intoxicating
investigat ion
* w*
(m)
^^J
invitation (f) (also party)
to invite x
fei
^^J /x
Iran(m)
C^'/!
Iranian
iJW
j
<$*<$
jail(m)
C^lf
Japan (m)
Japanese
Jew
<0 \$S*t(ix{*
job/ work (m)
joke(rn)
(J'-
462
to tease; to
make
fun of x
Cfyf \J\JL tfx
P*
journey (m)
lo
make a journey
LV A"
juice (rn)
\Jj
K
king (m)
^4j
knife (f)
Jy&
to
know
to
know
to
know
to
know; to recognize
to
come
ttf {*$**{ tjf
(facts)
tr
(skills)
to
know;
kohl, collyrium
land
t-
c/x)
t-
to find out
\Z~
\^
u*
(m)
t>
C^
(f)
j/l \jO I Jj&j
landlord (m)
last, past,
previous, back, latter
\^
late (adj);
a long time; interval (f)
S)
late
e- /)
(ad v)
to be late
to
come
ttf
J>
C C S)
late
463
lateness (f)
(J/ )
to laugh
t-
tU*
to cause to laugh
jf.
lawyer (m/f)
&
leg(m)
leisure
***'}
(0
lemon, lime (m)
lentils (f)
less
A?
(m)
letter
ki-J52
Iie(f)
to
Vl>.
lie
(f) (/>'-//
life
lift,
soul, sweetheart,
life,
lifetime;
life
*L,F
age
energy
(m)
C%
(f)
(f)
partner (m/f)
>U5
line (queue) (f)
5
fc
to listen
to
cause or make
V&'
listen
(vV
little
to live, to be alive
fcjf
464
eJ
to live, to stay
\^.j
living
B>-j
&
long live
long while, a long period of time; late
to lose
lot,
yj
(f)
(misplace something)
very
ts&
game)
much
jlj
,ove
(m)
&?
/(f)
lover
(f)
lover (m)
/(m)
?^
(f)
\y\*
luggage (m)
(^tU
M
mad, ecstatic
to
/(m)vL^
t/*&ttfj^
to love
being a lover
oXj
jfjfj
be made, built, created
fc>
Mahabharata- a famous Indian epic
\H*j\jf\f
Maharashtra (m)
mail(f)
p*lj\rf
w/fj
to maintain
t^t
to make, to bui Id, to create
tfcj
465
i^
'
mango (m)
f*
h>
manner (f)
/*/*
marble (m)
?*^
market, bazaar (m)
Jul
matter; affair
C^l
(f)
matiso leurn (rn)
V*
meaning (m)
u^Jk^
meat (m)
%z^y
meat curry (m)
(^ l"
t}bj/fjJ
medicine (0
t^ ( with *=-)
meet
melody
(f)
memento, souvenir
(f)
y-y/(m) wjly
OlPV(m) ci*
Jt
memory, remembrance (f)

to
J*
>-T *i^/
meat eater (m/f)
to
^ Ct*^
tJ
remember x
middle
& Vx/ C A
tip
*3*
milk(m)
millionaire (m/f)
millions of
minaret (m)
jfc**
mind (m)
Cî
4S6
L?x
minister (government) (m/f)
Mirabai
a 16th century poetess famous for her
6i<x
devotional songs to the Hindu deity Krishna
*Ss
mischief (0
mischief(f)
mischicvious
mistake (0
to
mock
&ii JiJ,
d
A
moment (rn)
Monday (rn)
money;
cash; wealth; coin
(m)
moon (m)
t
moonlight
(f)
more
more, additional
moreover
morning (f)
mosque (f)
mosquito (m)
most
mother
tl/UlnfiiijClJtjJI)
mother-in-law
467
motive (m)
mountain (m)
mouth (m)
movement (f)
Mughal
to
dynasty that ruled India from the
J"
6th
the 19th century
/*%
museum (m)
Muslim
Muslim
ritual
&
prayer (f)
my
N
ft
name (m)
noble
name (formal Urdu) (m)
auspicious
name
(formal Hindi) (m)
ft
J"
J}
narcissus; Nargis (f)
to narrate
near
near
necessity;
need (0
necessity,
need
for
nectar /juice (m)
468
news (0
J!
newspaper (m)
>L>f
night (0
&\j
nightingaEe
j*
(f)
\JS
no, not
noble, honorable
(J.
J*
C^ J/
)h\
(f)
noise, uproar, disturbance
nose
[JZ
i%
nobody
noise
y^
(m)
(f)
nothing
now
now and then
o
oath-(f)
loobey
//
occasionally
office (ra)
/^
offspring
>IW
(0
often
$4
old (thing)
469
yV
on
AC
on top of
once
oneself
onion
(f)
*-*/?
only
to
ti/
open
OT
orange (m)
otherwise
^ J9
our (also mine)
\j\a
M*~
out, outside
Ai
'
'
owl (m)
pain (m)
pair,
couple
(f)
Pakistan (m)
Pakistani
pants, trousers
(f)
-*
^L^ 9
parents (m)
470
d^^J
party (f) (also invitation)
ty &$*J
to have a party for x
to pass, to
y'y
spend time
l/V* I M&
patient (m)
ty
to pay
J*
'
peace, safety (m)
(y
peasant (m)
l Ui
pen (m/f)
r*
people, folk (m)
JSi
pepper <0
h /*
to perceive
l-Jgr
to perform; to accomplish; to
if hi
pay
perhaps
-J;l?
permission
*ZsJ\fl
(f)
to pick up, to
*wl
lift
pickles (hot) (rn)
picture,
photograph
-/
-J^
(f)
piece, morsel
(m)
'**
place, station
(m)
f*U*
place,
(j
vacancy
Jf
(f)
irtl
to place, to put
to play
471
to play (an instrument)
to play Ihe role
of x
please, kindly (with h *
'
forms)
J'&y e- oy
i
r forms)
\ji
iTh
pleased, contented; agreed
to
in
be pleased with x
pleasing (subject
\fsj
-*
marked by y) (adjective)
choice, selection (f) (noun)
plow (m)
poet(m)
J&
poetry (m)
pomp and
gusto
f*U-J
(f)
f$>3
wfe
poor fellow (m)
poor person (m)
possible
jzdb
past office (m)
potato (m)
tf
pour
to
poverty
&Pt&S
(f)
M
praise (f)
to praise
t/a/ iT
472
Premchand - prominent author of Urdu-Hindi

narrative prose, d ied 1936
JJS
president (m/f)
to
prevent
price (f)
ftp
prime minister (nVf)
prince
(m)
principle
(m)
prison (m)
profitable
to protect
purpose (m)
to
put
qawwali - spiritual-mystical song recited by
Muslim mystics
in
South Asia
(f)
jot// ji
queen (f)
question (m)
queue (f)
quick; fast
quiet
473
R
rain(f)
^JJ^
tx
to rain
to raise, nourish
{Jjl
\^l
Ramadan, Muslim holy month (m)
1\}\A* J
to reach
fc
ready
jfa
reason (0
,&)
receipt (f)
^v
to recite
namaz (Muslim
ritiua!
t^>
prayer)
to recognize
Jl/
(^
fc
Tt-
red
Jl)
to reduce
to
be reduced
regarding
\JL
relationship / connection (m)
relatives (family)
to
(m)
<L-
jkjfr'/
remember x
tfj\,
to repeat
request
<1A
?-j
remember
to
^yi
tJ
jl /
{J xi t-/> I
Â*
ifJ
(f)
474
A
fx
Ja
respected elder
rest(m)
fl J
tffhf
lo rest
to return
in return for
instead
ijZl
of x
(m,
rice
tji lr
pi.)
w/ meat
l _
Ja
revered person
rice
or vegetable (f)
0z-&
rich
j$
fct/fef
to rise
river
(m)
Ivj
Z*hlJ>J
road (m)
room (m)
J/
round, circular, a circle (m)
to run
away from
rupee (Indian/Pakistani currency) (m)
^sj
Russia (m)
\JtJ
Russian
O SJ
475
s
salt(m)
Saturday;
_X?
week (m)
*^
to say, to speak
fcj
scanty
\j^
scores of
to
U%
scream, yell
l^f*
fy
season (m)
second anoth er
,
lo
--
see
yj
fcjT,
see you soon
(lit.
we
^*T y ^
wil 1 meet again)
self (reflexive)
to sell
fe%
to send
fcjrff
servant (m)
Jp
ijf/o*jr
service (0
several;
some; a few
\j
sharp
^v
sherbat (beverage) (m)
shirt (f)
J%*
shoe (m)
(T^
476
shop, store
(f)
fcjl&j / fc/t#
J){J %M l)b^}vJ
shut up, be quiet
ytj %>
to be shy, reticent
tl/'V tyi oA^y^
sick,
ill
(adj.), sick
sickness, illness
sign,
person (m/f)
J%-
U^fe
(f)
memento, souvenir
(f)
ylft
(m) c/l^,
signature (m)
A^J
Sikh
&
l/JÛ
silent
since
*/"
when
to sing
c^
sister (f)
sister
to
L'
(0
W?
sit
skill
l\3\l\S<k}
(m)
skillful
sky(m)
(jfrl
*
slave (m)
slave girl
J*
Jf
(0
by
to sleep
sly
477
small
H4
to smile
snow, ice
(f)
SO that
some;
few
\*Jl
(adj.)
Sf
little;
some; any
someone/somebody
something
sometimes
ft
sorrow (m)
sorrowful
sound
^\f
(f)
j^7
soy venir (m)
to speak, to talk,
^jûj
converse
ifkZsl
special
j*
speech
î
speech (0
to give a speech
to
f*Jj
spend lime
spices
if
tf*
(m)
iJU-vJU'
spicy hoi
478
splendid
spoon/also sycophant (m)
to spread
star
(m)
to start, to begin (transitive)
W U* A
to start, to begin (intransitive)
stately
-*W#
statement; speech, recital (f)
r^
Uj
to stay, to live
awake
to stay
to steal
stomach (m)
*-
stool (excrement)
to stop; to
(m)
^ *J
prevent
to stop, to wait; to stay
storm (m)
story
(f>
strange
stroll,
walk, tour, excursion
to stroll, to
jC
(f)
take a walk, to tour
student (m/f)
elk>
479
to study, read
t-tf*>
(m)
stupid
J\
style (f)
success
1>J>
!*&''
(f)
^J
successful
U* o
Sufi
a Muslim mystic (m)
$$*
sugar (f)
Jf
suitable
h-^t*
Sunday (m)
yiyi
sunshine, heat of sun
surprising, strange,
to
wJ^>
(f)
w^
wonderful
swear by x
tUl
sweet (adjective)
sweets
UC^
J^
(f)
'
swift, quick, hot (spicy), sharp
to sv,
table
im
sycophant (colloquial)
(literally,
spoon) (m)
J[.
**
(f)
to take
to take
(J
f*
til
someone
fck
480
to take care
to
W\jA >
of x
{jx
take out, remove
tall
tea(f)
(m)
tears
,o tease
QUf
tooth (m)
Sis*
to tell (to narrate)
to
tell,
say (use with Z)
temperament
(f)
temple (m)
test, trial;
thanks
examination (m)
(lit.
kindness)
(f)
thanks (m)
that,
those
that,
which,
that
is
M
who (rel. pronoun
and conjunction)
to say, i.e.
theft (f)
their
there
/^'
there (in that direction; thither)
therefore
481
'
these days,
if
nowadays
thief(m)
7."\
v/-
thing (concrete)
(f)
thing, matter (abstract) (f)
^L
to think
>^
thirst (f)
j^
this,
this
these
much
thorn; fork
(m)
l^Y
thought; idea, opinion (m)
(Jt>
thousands of
0* J ^j*
^^
throne (m)
to
throw
Thursday
(f)
ijj, 1
>*
tin
time (m)
c3i
time, age, world, fortune (m)
^j
time (period of); period (m)
{$j)5
during this time/period
\J^ \;)Sj)) \JfSf
tiredness (f)
today (m)
482
toilet
-Sl
(m)
m
tomb
jf
(f)
tomorrow; yesterday (m)
to torment
to tour
Jf
town (m)
Wf
toy (rn)
trash
(m)
to travel
traveler (m/f)
true (adj.); truth
(m)
to speak the truth
truth (t)
Tuesday (m)
u
umbrella; canopy
(f)
under
to understand
unemployed
#4l
university (f)
until
483
upset, displeased,
to be /
become
unhappy
tfijt
upset, displeased etc.
tfl
urine (m)
use,
0^1
t/"j(^l
to use
to
tf \)\r"\
use x
be used
J*>
employment (m)
to
(fht
to/
habituated/accustomed to
t^f (/j U #x
useful
jj>
useless
vagabond, wanderer (m/f)
^^^T
vegetable (f)
^C V-
vegetarian (m/f)
>j^
vegetarian
A3
very
voice
L^y^
<Jvl!>l
verse (of poetry) (m)
village
(T:
(m)
Jjlf
J/j /
()
w
to wait, to stop; to stay
%jf
waiting, expecting
j\&
(m)
484
to wait for
to
wake up
to
walk
*J J&*\
fcMf /
î*>
wash
tJ?)
water (m)
yt
we
p*
wedding (0
J-3
Wednesday (m)
^-^
weight (m)
fitil
well, fine,
to
Wf
wall(f>
to
Jt
okay
become well
yt^Xf*
wlf
what?
for what reason,
what sort
of,
why?
what kind
of,
?l /{f~ flc
how?
when?
when
where?
where (in which direction)?
/* jJ
where
fjfl\M.
which
vfuLft 0/
which one?
485
white
M^
who?
T^y
whole
\j\f
why?
yjj/
wicked
\J
t
tt
wife(f)
wind
1^;/^*
(f)
/>J
window (f)
rf/
wine, alcohol
u^X
(f)
witJoke (m)
to
make fun of,
Q\J,
*?
M
(Jljf
to tease
(,Xa
*-
with (instrumental); from
with (in the
company of)
J!\s> J_
M i)
without
*r
witness (m/f)
woman (f)
*z*j?
wonder (m)
^^
wonderful
t_^f
wonders (pi. m)
word
^/)
^L
(1)
work (m)
rf
work
tfft
to
486
to
work out
world
ts
(to exercise)
\JfiJ9
U5
(i)
worried
gftftp/
Ji
worry (f)
worse
-/*.*
worst
c/^-V
worthy of (use with oblique
i^WT <L-
infinitive)
would that/if only
wound
C/
'' -*?
(f)
to write
year (m)
Ju
yellow
li$
U^ / 14 L?
yes
yet,
IT /^
still
yogurt (m)
yogurt drink
{j*->
1/
(lassi) (f)
you (least formal)

you (informal)
**
you (formal)
young (adj.); youth
(m/f)
'
C-"-*"
487
youthfulness
(f)
your (least formal)
\j?
your (informal)
\j\{
KlT/e ^
your (formal)
zoo(m)
488
1%

Lets Study Urdu

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Lets Study Urdu

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LET'S

Asanl and Sycd Akbar Hydcr

Urdu: An fnlrodtietory Course is a comprehensive introduction to the

the language while keeping

them entertained. Although intended primarily as a

use the language in Urdu-speaking milieus

South Asia, the Middle East. Europe.

Asanl is Professor of the Practice of Indo-Muslim Languages and Cultures

Syed Akhar llyder

Associate Professor of Asian Studies and Islamic Studies at

YALE UNIVERSITY PRESS

NEW HAVEN AND

C 2008 Yale Universiiv

Syed Akbar Hyder

Yale Uaiversily Press

New Haven and London

2008 by Yale University

All rights reserved

not be reproduced, in whole or part, including illustrations, in any form (beyond

copying permitted by Sections 107 and 108 of the U.S. Copyright

Mary Jane Peluso

Editor: Brie Kluytenaar

Manuscript Editor: Noreen O'Connor-Abel

Marketing Manager: Timothy Shea

Cover Design: Mary Valencia

Printed in the United States of America.

978-0-300-1 1400-3 (pbk.: alk.paper)

Library of Congress Control Number:

A catalogue record for this hook

available from the British Library.

Production Guidelines for

Book Longevity of the Council on

who, during her

of Urdu literature and

about a better appreciation

Use This Book:

A Note for Teachers and Students

Film Sources for Songs Cited

Greetings and (> as Particle of Respect

Urdu Postpositions and Definite and

Introduction to Possessive Adjectives

Demonstrative Pronouns and Adjectives

The Interrogative \^f

The Postposition G^~

Nouns: Gender and Plural

Attributive and Predicate Adjectives

Marked and Unmarked Adjectives

Cardinal Numbers: 11-20

Ordinal Numbers: 1-10

Pronunciation Drill: Perso-Arabic Sounds

Asking and Telling Age

The Present Habitual Tense

The Present Habitual Negative

Times of the Day, Days of the Week, and

Other Time Phrases

The Particle J with Temporal Words and Phrases

Review of Urdu Sentence Structure

The Verb C?(? with Nouns and Verbs

The Oblique Case - Oblique Forms of Nouns

Oblique Forms of Demonstrati ves

Oblique Forms of Adjectives

Oblique Forms of Pronouns

The Interrogative j/ and

<_l <c)&l ifJJ